WO2023202517A1 - 用于无线通信的方法和电子设备以及计算机可读存储介质 - Google Patents

用于无线通信的方法和电子设备以及计算机可读存储介质 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023202517A1
WO2023202517A1 PCT/CN2023/088630 CN2023088630W WO2023202517A1 WO 2023202517 A1 WO2023202517 A1 WO 2023202517A1 CN 2023088630 W CN2023088630 W CN 2023088630W WO 2023202517 A1 WO2023202517 A1 WO 2023202517A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
electronic device
cot
user equipment
sidelink
control information
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/088630
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
王晓雪
Original Assignee
索尼集团公司
王晓雪
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 索尼集团公司, 王晓雪 filed Critical 索尼集团公司
Publication of WO2023202517A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023202517A1/zh

Links

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W56/00—Synchronisation arrangements
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0446—Resources in time domain, e.g. slots or frames
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0453—Resources in frequency domain, e.g. a carrier in FDMA
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/10—Connection setup
    • H04W76/14—Direct-mode setup

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of wireless communication technology, and more specifically, to a method and electronic device for wireless communication that facilitate user equipment to use resources on an unlicensed frequency band for sidelink communication, and a computer-readable storage. medium.
  • the user equipment (UE) at the sending end is performing any Sidelink transmission (including sending or broadcasting Sidelink Synchronization Signal Block (S-SSB)) or to the UE at the receiving end.
  • S-SSB Sidelink Synchronization Signal Block
  • the unlicensed frequency band used for Sidelink communication first needs to be channel access processed, and Sidelink transmission can only be performed after winning the channel competition and obtaining the Channel Occupancy Time (COT).
  • COT Channel Occupancy Time
  • the user equipment's Sidelink communication in the unlicensed band may be less efficient.
  • user equipment serving a single user has a lower probability of winning channel competition in the channel access process and/or the delay in obtaining COT may be longer, resulting in greater and lower latency for Sidelink communications in unlicensed frequency bands.
  • the efficiency of Sidelink communication if the Sidelink synchronization signal cannot be transmitted efficiently, it will bring many problems to the synchronization process between the sending end UE and the receiving end UE and directly affect the subsequent data signal transmission, which will be more serious than the inefficient transmission of data signals. Reduce the efficiency of Sidelink communication.
  • the purpose of embodiments of the present disclosure is to provide a method and electronic device for wireless communication and a computer-readable storage medium, which are beneficial to improving the efficiency of Sidelink communication of user equipment in an unlicensed frequency band.
  • the purpose of the first embodiment of the present disclosure is to provide a method and electronic device for wireless communication and a computer-readable storage medium, which is conducive to reducing the delay of Sidelink communication in the unlicensed frequency band by the user equipment, thereby improving the efficiency of the unlicensed frequency band. Sidelink communication efficiency.
  • an electronic device on a base station side including a processing circuit configured to: channel an unlicensed frequency band for direct link communication
  • the access process obtains the channel occupancy time COT; and generates downlink control information to indicate that the COT is allocated to the user equipment for direct link communication.
  • a method for wireless communication on the base station side including: performing channel access processing on an unlicensed frequency band used for direct link communication to obtain Channel occupancy time COT; generate downlink control information to indicate that the COT is allocated to the user equipment for direct link communication.
  • an electronic device includes a processing circuit configured to: receive downlink control information indicating that the electronic device The channel occupancy time COT obtained by the base station side equipment performing channel access processing on the unlicensed frequency band used for direct link communication is allocated for use in direct link communication.
  • a method for wireless communication includes: receiving downlink control information indicating that the electronic device is allocated to be used by a base station side device.
  • the channel occupancy time COT obtained by performing channel access processing in the unlicensed frequency band for direct link communication is used for direct link communication.
  • the purpose of the second and third embodiments of the present disclosure is to provide a method and electronic device for wireless communication and a computer-readable storage medium, which is conducive to improving the transmission efficiency of Sidelink synchronization signals in unlicensed frequency bands, thereby improving the unlicensed frequency band.
  • an electronic device at a base station side includes a processing circuit configured to: perform processing on an unlicensed frequency band used for transmitting a direct link synchronization signal.
  • Channel access processing obtains channel occupancy time COT; allocates resources of the unlicensed frequency band in the COT to multiple user equipments for sending direct link synchronization signals.
  • a method for wireless communication on the base station side includes: performing channel access processing on an unlicensed frequency band used for transmitting direct link synchronization signals to Obtain the channel occupancy time COT; allocate resources of the unlicensed frequency band in the COT to multiple user equipments for sending direct link synchronization signals.
  • an electronic device includes a processing circuit configured to: jointly transmit in a predefined time-frequency resource format on an unlicensed frequency band.
  • the synchronization signal and data signal of the direct link wherein the time-frequency resource format includes multiple sub-channels on one time slot.
  • a method for wireless communication includes: jointly transmitting synchronization of a direct link on an unlicensed frequency band in a predefined time-frequency resource format. signal and data signal, wherein the time-frequency resource format includes multiple sub-channels on one time slot.
  • an electronic device includes a processing circuit configured to: receive an unlicensed frequency band jointly transmitted in a predefined time-frequency resource format. synchronization signals and data signals for direct link communication, wherein the time-frequency resource format includes multiple sub-channels on one time slot.
  • a method for wireless communication includes: receiving a direct link on an unlicensed frequency band jointly transmitted in a predefined time-frequency resource format. Synchronization signals and data signals for communication, wherein the time-frequency resource format includes multiple sub-channels on one time slot.
  • a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing executable instructions. When executed by a processor, the executable instructions cause the processor to perform the above method for wireless communication. or various functions of the above-mentioned electronic devices.
  • a base station side device that serves multiple users and is easy to win channel competition obtains a COT and allocates a COT to the UE for Sidelink communication, thereby increasing the possibility that the UE obtains a COT. It also reduces the delay for the UE to obtain the COT, which in turn helps reduce the delay for the UE to perform Sidelink communication in the unlicensed frequency band and improves the efficiency of Sidelink communication.
  • the Sidelink synchronization signal in the unlicensed frequency band is transmitted in a multiplexing manner, thereby improving the transmission efficiency of the Sidelink synchronization signal in the unlicensed frequency band, thereby improving the Sidelink synchronization signal in the unlicensed frequency band. Communication efficiency.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram showing an application scenario according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing a configuration example of electronic equipment on the base station side according to the first embodiment
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram illustrating an example of time domain resource usage indicated by downlink control information generated by an electronic device according to the first embodiment
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram for explaining an example format of downlink control information generated by the electronic device according to the first embodiment
  • FIG. 5 is a block diagram showing a configuration example of an electronic device on the user equipment side according to the first embodiment
  • Figure 6 is a flow chart for illustrating a first example signaling interaction in which the base station side device obtains and allocates a COT to the user equipment according to the first embodiment
  • Figure 7 is a flow chart for illustrating a second example signaling interaction in which the base station side device obtains and allocates a COT to the user equipment according to the first embodiment
  • Figure 8 is a flow chart for illustrating a third example signaling interaction in which the base station side device obtains and allocates a COT to the user equipment according to the first embodiment
  • FIG. 9 is a flowchart illustrating a process example of a method for wireless communication on the base station side according to the first embodiment
  • FIG. 10 is a flowchart illustrating a process example of a method for wireless communication on the user equipment side according to the first embodiment
  • Figure 11 is a schematic diagram showing an application scenario according to the second embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 12 is a block diagram showing a configuration example of the electronic device according to the second embodiment.
  • Figure 13 is a schematic diagram illustrating a first example of frequency domain resources for transmitting S-SSB configured by an electronic device for a user equipment according to the second embodiment
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram illustrating a first example of resources in a COT allocated by an electronic device to a plurality of user equipments according to the second embodiment
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram illustrating a second example of frequency domain resources for transmitting S-SSB configured by an electronic device for a user equipment according to the second embodiment
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram for illustrating a second example of resources in a COT allocated by an electronic device to a plurality of user equipments according to the second embodiment
  • Figure 17 is a flow chart for illustrating a first example signaling interaction in which a base station side device obtains a COT and allocates resources in the COT to multiple user equipments according to the second embodiment;
  • Figure 18 is a flow chart for illustrating a second example signaling interaction in which a base station side device obtains a COT and allocates resources in the COT to multiple user equipments according to the second embodiment;
  • 19 is a flowchart illustrating a process example of the method for wireless communication according to the second embodiment
  • FIG. 20 is a block diagram showing a configuration example of the electronic device according to the third embodiment.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram illustrating a first example of a predefined time-frequency resource format that can be used in the third embodiment
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram illustrating a second example of a predefined time-frequency resource format that can be used in the third embodiment
  • Figure 23 is a schematic diagram illustrating a third example of a predefined time-frequency resource format that can be used in the third embodiment
  • 25 is a flowchart illustrating a process example of a method for wireless communication at the receiving end according to the third embodiment
  • 26 is a block diagram illustrating a first example of a schematic configuration of an eNB to which the technology of the present disclosure may be applied;
  • FIG. 27 is a block diagram illustrating a second example of a schematic configuration of an eNB to which the technology of the present disclosure may be applied;
  • FIG. 28 is a block diagram illustrating an example of a schematic configuration of a smartphone to which the technology of the present disclosure may be applied;
  • 29 is a block diagram showing an example of a schematic configuration of a car navigation device to which the technology of the present disclosure can be applied.
  • Example embodiments are provided so that this disclosure will be thorough, and will fully convey the scope to those skilled in the art. Numerous specific details are set forth, such as examples of specific components, devices, and methods, to provide a thorough understanding of embodiments of the disclosure. It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that specific details need not be employed, that example embodiments may be embodied in many different forms, neither of which should be construed to limit the scope of the present disclosure. In certain example embodiments, well-known processes, well-known structures, and well-known techniques have not been described in detail.
  • a UE serving a single user has a lower probability of winning channel competition in the channel access process and/or the delay in obtaining the COT may be longer, resulting in a larger delay in Sidelink communication in the unlicensed frequency band. And reduce the efficiency of Sidelink communication.
  • the inventor proposed that in Sidelink communication in the unlicensed frequency band, in the mode in which the base station schedules Sidelink transmission, that is, Sidelink resource allocation mode 1 (mode 1), the base station that serves multiple users and is easy to win the channel competition obtains the COT. And allocate COT to the UE at the sending end for Sidelink communication, which will help improve the possibility of the UE getting the COT and reduce the delay for the UE to get the COT, which will in turn help reduce the delay of the UE performing Sidelink communication in the unlicensed frequency band and improve Sidelink communication. s efficiency.
  • mode 1 Sidelink resource allocation mode 1
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram illustrating an application scenario according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure, which shows an example of a mode in which a base station schedules Sidelink transmission, that is, Sidelink resource allocation mode 1.
  • the user equipment SL UE1 on the sending end carries out Sidelink communication with the user equipment SL UE2 on the receiving end.
  • the SL UE1 on the sending end is within the coverage of the base station gNB and works in Sidelink resource allocation mode 1.
  • the SL UE2 on the receiving end is in the base station gNB.
  • SL UE1 can communicate with gNB via the access link (Access Link, also known as Uulink), and then use the COT obtained and allocated by gNB to perform Sidelink communication with SL UE2.
  • access link also known as Uulink
  • COT COT obtained and allocated by gNB to perform Sidelink communication with SL UE2.
  • FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing a configuration example of electronic equipment on the base station side according to the first embodiment.
  • the electronic device 200 may include an access unit 210 , a generation unit 220 , and an optional configuration unit 230 and an optional communication unit 240 .
  • the electronic device 200 may further include a storage unit.
  • each unit of the electronic device 200 may be included in the processing circuit.
  • the electronic device 200 may include one processing circuit or multiple processing circuits. circuit.
  • the processing circuitry may include various discrete functional units to perform various different functions and/or operations. It should be noted that these functional units may be physical entities or logical entities, and units with different names may be implemented by the same physical entity.
  • the access unit 210 of the electronic device 200 may perform channel access processing on the unlicensed frequency band used for direct link communication (hereinafter also referred to as the Sidelink unlicensed frequency band) to obtain the channel occupancy time COT.
  • the unlicensed frequency band used for direct link communication hereinafter also referred to as the Sidelink unlicensed frequency band
  • the access unit 210 may listen before talking (LBT) by listening for potential transmission activities on the Sidelink unlicensed frequency band and access the channel when it is confirmed that the Sidelink unlicensed frequency band is available.
  • LBT LBT processes
  • the access unit 210 can use various LBT processes to perform channel access processing, including but not limited to LBT processes without/with a random backoff mechanism applied.
  • the type of channel access processing performed by the access unit 210 may include but is not limited to (a) LBT process without applying random backoff (Type 2, Cat2), (b) including random backoff but contention window (Contention Window, CW) fixed-size LBT process (Type 3, Cat3), (c) LBT process with random backoff and variable contention window size (Type 4, Cat4).
  • Different types of channel access processing may obtain COTs with different reliability (eg, with different possibilities, at different speeds). For example, the COT obtained by the more complex Cat4LBT process has high reliability.
  • the access unit 210 may appropriately determine the type of channel access processing it performs based on various factors. For example, optionally, when the electronic device 200 understands the specific requirements of Sidelink transmission of the user equipment via communication with the user equipment via the communication unit 240 described later, the access unit 210 may be appropriate based on the specific requirements of Sidelink transmission of the user equipment. to determine the type of channel access processing it performs.
  • a Cat4 (type 4) LBT process containing random backoff and variable contention window size is adopted, and the LBT process can further have different priorities to represent the possibility of successfully obtaining COT and speed etc.
  • a high-priority LBT may mean that the LBT has a higher probability of obtaining a COT sooner.
  • a Cat4 (Type 4) LBT process has four different priority categories from high to low ⁇ 1, 2, 3, 4 ⁇ . Each priority category has a separate contention window and the maximum and minimum contention windows are different, where high-priority LBT can access the channel faster using a smaller contention window.
  • different delay periods can be used for each priority category, where high-priority LBTs are able to sense channel status and acquire channels in a shorter time via shorter delay periods.
  • downstream transmissions can have a shorter latency period than upstream transmissions.
  • the access unit 210 of the electronic device 200 on the base station side may, for example, perform a higher priority LBT or perform the same priority but a shorter delay period. LBT, thereby obtaining COT faster.
  • the access unit 210 may appropriately determine the priority of the LBT process for channel access processing based on various factors (such as specific requirements of Sidelink transmission of the user equipment).
  • the bandwidth used by the access unit 210 to perform channel access processing through the LBT process may include all or part of the unlicensed frequency bands in which the user equipment can perform Sidelink transmission, which is not limited in this embodiment. .
  • the access unit 210 may perform one channel access process for the user equipment (for example, SL UE1) and obtain one COT, or may perform multiple channel access processes for the user equipment and obtain multiple COTs.
  • the access unit 210 it will be particularly advantageous for the access unit 210 to obtain multiple COTs for the user equipment.
  • the user equipment can select the COT among the various COTs that best meets its Sidelink transmission requirements or use multiple COTs at one time to carry out large amounts of data. transmission.
  • the generation unit 220 of the electronic device 200 may generate downlink control information (Downlink Control Information, DCI) to instruct the user equipment to allocate the obtained COT for sidelink communication.
  • DCI Downlink Control Information
  • the generation unit 200 may allocate the COT obtained by the access unit 210 for Sidelink communication to the SL UE1 at the sending end shown in FIG. 1 , and generate DCI to indicate the allocation to the SL UE1.
  • the allocation by the generation unit 200 to the COT obtained by the access unit 210 includes but is not limited to allocation of time domain resources, that is, time periods in the COT.
  • the generation unit 220 may allocate all or part of the time period in the COT to the user equipment.
  • the allocation of the COT by the generation unit may further include allocation of frequency domain resources of the unlicensed frequency band of the COT that the access unit 210 successfully obtains.
  • the bandwidth (LBT bandwidth) used by the access unit 210 to perform channel access processing may include all or part of the unlicensed frequency bands that the user equipment can perform Sidelink transmission.
  • the generation unit 200 may further allocate all or part of the available frequency domain resources in the unlicensed frequency band in which the access unit 210 successfully obtains the COT to the user equipment.
  • the generation unit 220 may appropriately perform the above allocation based on various factors. For example, when the electronic device 200 understands the specific requirements for Sidelink communication of the user equipment, the generation unit 220 may perform the above allocation based on the requirements and optionally considering the Sidelink communication resources of the unlicensed frequency band that the electronic device 200 can schedule.
  • the downlink control information DCI SL_U generated by the generation unit 220 for the user equipment may at least include an indication of the allocation of the time domain resources in the COT (and optionally the frequency domain resources in the COT) for the user equipment.
  • Information For the convenience of description, in the first embodiment, the above downlink control information indicating that the user equipment is allocated a COT for Sidelink communication generated by the generating unit 220 may be called Sidelink unlicensed resource scheduling DCI, and may be abbreviated as appropriate. It is the downlink control information DCI SL_U. Further details of the downlink control information DCI SL_U generated by the generation unit 200 and related processing will be further described later in conjunction with FIGS. 3 and 4 .
  • the electronic device 200 may further include a configuration unit 230 configured to configure an unauthorized resource set (also referred to as an unauthorized resource pool) for pass-through link communication for the user equipment. ).
  • the unlicensed resource set configured by the configuration unit 230 for the user equipment includes at least the resources of the unlicensed frequency band in which the access unit 210 performs channel access processing to obtain the COT (in other words, the unlicensed resources are configured for the user equipment in the configuration unit 230
  • the access unit 210 preferably performs channel access processing on all or part of the unlicensed frequency bands in the unlicensed resource set configured for the user equipment (and currently available to the user equipment) to obtain such unlicensed frequency bands. COT).
  • the configuration unit 230 may implement the above configuration, for example, by generating unauthorized resource pool configuration information and sending the configuration information to the user equipment using the communication unit 240 described later.
  • the Sidelink communication configuration information that the configuration unit 230 can generate for the user equipment is not limited to the unauthorized resource pool configuration information that this disclosure is particularly concerned about, but may include authorized resource pool configuration information generated in a manner similar to the existing method, here No longer.
  • the configuration unit 320 may add a field as the unauthorized resource pool configuration information to the existing Sidelink communication configuration information for the user equipment.
  • the configuration unit 320 may configure the system information block for Sidelink communication configuration. block, SIB), add the above fields.
  • the configuration unit 320 may configure the system message SIB 12 information element (IE) for New Radio (NR) Sidelink communication configuration, and the information element sl-FreqInfoList-r16IE for configuring the authorized resource pool. Afterwards, the information element sl-FreqInfoList-r18IE is added to configure the specific contents of the unauthorized resource pool for the user device.
  • IE system message SIB 12 information element
  • NR New Radio
  • sl-FreqInfoList-r16IE for configuring the authorized resource pool.
  • the information element sl-FreqInfoList-r18IE is added to configure the specific contents of the unauthorized resource pool for the user device.
  • An example of the code for such a modified SIB 12 information element is as follows:
  • the new sl-FreqInfoList-r18IE is used to configure the specific content of the unlicensed resource pool for user equipment, such as but not limited to the location of the unlicensed frequency band frequency domain resources of the resource pool (such as sub-channels index, etc.).
  • the specific meanings of the remaining fields can refer to existing standards (such as 3rd Generation Partnership Project, 5th Generation Mobile Communication Technology, 3GPP 5G) TS38.331 Standard) and will not be repeated here.
  • the configuration unit 230 may also be used to generate corresponding configuration information for Radio Resource Control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) configuration or RRC reconfiguration (RRC Reconfiguration) between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • RRC Reconfiguration Radio Resource Control
  • the electronic device 200 and RRC reconfiguration can be performed between user equipment.
  • the user equipment can report Sidelink capabilities to the electronic device 200 (for example, but not limited to, the user equipment reports the unauthorized resource pool that it can currently use and optionally also includes the authorized resources that can be used. pool), and the configuration unit 230 of the electronic device 200 can further configure specific Sidelink resources for the user equipment according to the report, for example, generate further configuration information, and can use the communication unit 240 described later to send the configuration information to the user equipment.
  • the electronic device 200 may further include a communication unit 240 for sending information to and/or receiving information from devices other than the electronic device 200 .
  • the electronic device 200 may use the communication unit 240 to send the downlink control information DCI SL_U generated by the generating unit 220 to the user equipment, such as SL U1 in FIG. 1 .
  • the communication unit 240 may be configured to scramble the downlink control information DCI SL_U with a predefined scrambling sequence.
  • the predefined scrambling sequence for the DCI SL_U for Sidelink unlicensed resource scheduling may be different from the scrambling sequence indicating the scheduling of authorized resources for Sidelink communications (the scrambling sequence indicating the scheduling of authorized resources for Sidelink communications, e.g., Sidelink Wireless Network Temporary Identifier (Radio Network Tempory Identity, RNTI), namely Sidelink RNTI or SL-RNTI), in order to facilitate the differentiation from the DCI format 3_0 used for Sidelink authorized resource scheduling that is scrambled by the latter.
  • Sidelink Wireless Network Temporary Identifier Radio Network Tempory Identity, RNTI
  • the user equipment that receives the DCI SL_U scrambled with a predefined scrambling sequence can, for example, determine that the DCI it receives is for Sidelink based on the predefined scrambling sequence, optionally combined with the effective length of the downlink control information DCI SL_U. DCI SL_U for unlicensed resource scheduling.
  • the predefined scrambling sequence applied by the communication unit 240 to the downlink control information DCI SL_U may include a scrambling sequence used to indicate the scheduling of unlicensed resources for Sidelink communication, such as a scrambling sequence specially set for this purpose, which For example, it can be called Sidelink Unauthorized RNTI or SLU-RNTI.
  • a scrambling sequence specially set for this purpose which For example, it can be called Sidelink Unauthorized RNTI or SLU-RNTI.
  • the value of the scrambling sequence SLU-RNTI may be any one of the hexadecimal sequences FFF3 to FFFD.
  • the user equipment that receives the downlink control information DCI SL_U scrambled with the scrambling sequence SLU-RNTI can, for example, directly determine that the received DCI is the DCI SL_U used for Sidelink unlicensed resource scheduling based on the above-mentioned scrambling sequence SLU-RNTI.
  • the predefined scrambling sequence applied by the communication unit 240 to the downlink control information DCI SL_U may include a scrambling sequence used to indicate the transmission of slot-related information, such as the slot indication (Slot Format Indication) RNTI or SFI-RNTI.
  • the scrambling sequence SFI-RNTI is used to scramble the DCI format 2_0 that notifies the user equipment of the time slot format indication.
  • the DCI format 2_0 generally has a certain effective length or length range.
  • the communication unit 240 can use the scrambling sequence SFI-RNTI to scramble the downlink control information DCI SL_U.
  • the user equipment may, for example, determine that the DCI it receives is based on the scrambling sequence SFI-RNTI, optionally combined with the effective length of the downlink control information DCI SL_U (different from the effective length of the DCI format 2_0 mentioned above).
  • DCI SL_U for Sidelink unlicensed resource scheduling.
  • the electronic device 200 may use the communication unit 240 to send the configuration information to the user equipment.
  • the configuration unit 320 can add a field in the system information block SIB (for example, SIB 12 message) used for Sidelink communication configuration as the configuration information of the unauthorized resource set.
  • the electronic device 200 may utilize the communication unit 240 to send, for example, configuration information of an unauthorized resource set generated for the user equipment using the configuration unit 230 to the user equipment through a system information block SIB (for example, a SIB 12 message).
  • SIB system information block SIB
  • the electronic device 200 may use the communication unit 240 to transfer the configuration via RRC signaling. Information is sent to the user device.
  • the allocation of the COT obtained by the access unit 210 by the generation unit 200 includes but is not limited to allocation of time domain resources in the COT, and optionally includes allocation of the COT by the access unit 210 Successfully obtained the allocation of frequency domain resources in the unlicensed frequency band of the COT.
  • the downlink control information DCI SL_U generated by the generation unit 220 may at least include information indicating the above allocation.
  • the downlink control information DCI SL_U generated by the generating unit 220 may include COT indication information, which indicates a period of COT allocated to the user equipment.
  • the COT indication information may, for example, indicate the start and end times of the COT period allocated to the user equipment.
  • the COT indication information may indicate the time slot offset of the start time slot of the COT period allocated to the user equipment relative to the DCI SL_U and the number of time slots that the COT period lasts. For example, assuming that DCI SL_U is sent in time slot n, the COT indication information may indicate (a, b), indicating the starting time slot n+a of the COT period allocated to the user equipment, lasting b time slots.
  • the generation unit 220 may allocate all or part of the time period in the COT obtained by the access unit 210 to the user equipment; accordingly, the COT indication information of the downlink control information DCI SL_U may indicate all or part of the time period of the COT. In this embodiment There are no restrictions on this.
  • the downlink control information DCI SL_U may also include access type information, which indicates the type of channel access processing of the access unit 210.
  • Channel access processing includes, but is not limited to, the above-mentioned Cat2 (Type 2) LBT process, Cat3 (Type 3) LBT process, Cat4 (Type 4) LBT process, etc.
  • Different types of channel access processing can indicate the reliability of the COT obtained through the processing (eg, the reliability of the COT obtained by the more complex Cat4LBT process is high). Therefore, the access type information of the downlink control information DCI SL_U will help the user equipment determine whether to use the corresponding COT.
  • the type of channel access processing may further include the priority of the LBT.
  • the access type information of DCI SL_U may also indicate one of the four priorities ⁇ 1, 2, 3, 4 ⁇ .
  • the downlink control information DCI SL_U may also include frequency domain resource indication information, which indicates the frequency domain resources of the unlicensed frequency band allocated to the user equipment.
  • the frequency domain resource indication information may indicate a subchannel index of a subchannel in an unlicensed frequency band allocated to the user equipment.
  • the generation unit 220 may allocate all or part of the available frequency domain resources in the COT obtained by the access unit 210 to the user equipment; accordingly, the frequency domain resource indication information of the downlink control information DCI SL_U may indicate all or part of the obtained COT.
  • Partially available frequency domain resources are not limited in this embodiment.
  • the downlink control information DCI SL_U may include N resource allocation fields for N COTs (N is a natural number greater than or equal to 1), and each resource allocation field includes the above-mentioned COT indication information for the corresponding COT. , access type information and frequency domain resource indication information.
  • N is a natural number greater than or equal to 1
  • each resource allocation field includes the above-mentioned COT indication information for the corresponding COT. , access type information and frequency domain resource indication information.
  • N 1, that is, the downlink control information DCI SL_U includes one resource allocation field for one COT.
  • Such a setting is beneficial to reducing the delay for the user equipment to obtain the COT assigned to it by the electronic equipment on the network side.
  • N the downlink control information DCI SL_U includes multiple resource allocation fields for multiple COTs, so that one downlink control information DCI SL_U can allocate up to N COTs to the user equipment.
  • the user equipment can comprehensively consider the period of each COT (such as the start time and duration), the type of channel access processing (which can, for example, characterize the reliability of the COT), and the location of the corresponding frequency domain resources (such as whether enough resources are allocated).
  • multiple frequency domain resources, etc. select from the allocated COT according to the Sidelink transmission situation or requirements you want to carry out (such as the priority of the data to be sent, delay requirements, data packet size, etc.) (For example, select the earliest COT, the longest COT, or use multiple COTs at one time, etc.).
  • the downlink control information DCI SL_U includes 3 resource allocation fields for 3 COTs.
  • N 3 resource allocation fields for 3 COTs.
  • the downlink control information DCI SL_U may also include feedback timing information, which indicates the sending of an uplink signal for feedback of the usage of the COT (in this embodiment, sometimes also called a COT usage feedback signal) timing.
  • the sending timing of the COT usage feedback signal indicated by the feedback timing information needs to be earlier than the start time of the COT allocated to the user equipment.
  • the feedback timing information may indicate that the upstream COT uses a time slot offset of the transmission time slot of the feedback signal relative to the DCI SL_U.
  • the feedback timing information can indicate X, indicating that the upstream COT can send the feedback signal in time slot n+X.
  • the downlink control information DCI SL_U includes multiple resource allocation fields for multiple COTs
  • one feedback timing information is used to indicate the sending timing of the feedback signal for one uplink COT for all COTs; this is beneficial to simplifying the feedback process. And it is conducive to the subsequent unified allocation of unused COT by the base station side equipment.
  • the user equipment that receives the downlink control information DCI SL_U may send the uplink COT usage feedback signal at the transmission timing indicated by the feedback timing information of the DCI SL_U.
  • the electronic device 200 can receive the COT usage feedback signal sent by the user equipment in any appropriate manner, as long as it can reflect the usage of COT, that is, it carries the COT usage feedback information, and the electronic device 200 can use the obtained COT
  • the feedback information is provided to the generation unit 220 for reference in subsequent COT allocation/downlink control information DCI SL_U generation.
  • the COT usage feedback information obtained by the electronic device 200 from the COT usage feedback signal may be, for example, a feedback information sequence in the form of a binary sequence.
  • the length of the feedback information sequence may be equal to the number or resource allocation of COTs allocated in the downlink control information DCI SL_U.
  • the number of fields, each bit in the feedback information sequence can indicate whether the corresponding COT will be used by the user equipment (0 means it will not be used, 1 means it will be used).
  • the feedback information sequence obtained by the electronic device 200 using the feedback signal from the COT may, for example, be in the form of 011 , which indicates that the user equipment decides not to use COT1, but to use COT2 and COT3 based on the content of each resource allocation field and its own Sidelink transmission conditions and/or needs.
  • the electronic device 200 may use the communication unit 240 to receive the COT usage feedback information transmitted by the user equipment using the Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH) or the Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH).
  • COT uses feedback signals.
  • the electronic device 200 may receive a cyclically shifted basic sequence transmitted using the PUCCH as a COT usage feedback signal, wherein the COT usage feedback information carried is indicated by the number of cyclic shifts performed on the basic sequence. That is, a sequence of binary feedback information. For example, when the number of cyclic shifts of the basic sequence received as the COT feedback signal by the electronic device 200 is 3, the electronic device 20 can obtain the feedback information sequence 011 corresponding to 3.
  • the electronic device 200 may utilize the communication unit 240 to receive a bearer transmitted using the PUSCH channel.
  • the electronic device 200 on the base station side is only responsible for allocating the obtained COT to the user equipment and will not use the COT itself for any transmission.
  • the user equipment receives the downlink control information DCI SL_U indicating the allocation of COT, it will select the allocated COT according to the situation and/or demand for Sidelink transmission, and there are cases where the user equipment chooses not to use part or even all of the allocated COT. Condition.
  • the electronic device 200 on the base station side it is beneficial for the electronic device 200 on the base station side to handle the use of Sidelink unauthorized resources through the generation unit 220, for example.
  • the generating unit 220 can subsequently perform unauthorized operations on the user equipment or other user equipment (for example, within the coverage area of the electronic device 200
  • other UEs other UEs transmitting Sidelink on the frequency band
  • allocate COT/generate downlink control information DCI SL_U allocate the COT to the other UEs.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram for explaining an example of time domain resource usage indicated by downlink control information DCI SL_U generated by the electronic device 200 according to the first embodiment.
  • DCI SL_U is sent in time slot n, and the DCI SL_U indicates through feedback timing information
  • the three COTs obtained through the access unit 210 namely COT1 to COT3, respectively indicate COT1, COT2, and COT3 through the corresponding COT indication information (a1, b1), (a2, b2), (a3, b3) of the three resource allocation fields.
  • the user equipment SL UEl can be configured with an unlicensed resource pool by the electronic device 200 via the configuration unit 230, and in this case, the access unit 210 of the electronic device 200 preferably targets all in the unlicensed resource pool. Or perform channel access processing on some unlicensed frequency bands to obtain COT on such unlicensed frequency bands.
  • the downlink control information DCI SL_U generated by the generation unit 220 of the electronic device 200 may additionally include resource pool indication information, which instructs the access unit 210 of the electronic device 200 to perform channel access processing. To obtain the non-authorized resource pool of COT.
  • the resource pool indication information may, for example, indicate an unauthorized resource pool index.
  • the frequency domain resource indication information in the downlink control information DCI SL_U indicates the frequency domain resources (such as sub-channels) in the unlicensed resource pool. index).
  • the downlink control information DCI SL_U may include (for example, arranged from first to last in time) unauthorized resource pool indication information, 3 resources for 3 COTs (COT1 to COT3) Allocation fields, feedback timing information and other fields, the meaning of each field is shown on the right side of the table in Figure 4 and has been explained in detail before, and will not be repeated here.
  • the number of COTs allocated to the user equipment is not limited to this, but may be more than Or less than 3; the embodiments of the present disclosure are not limited to this.
  • the electronic device 200 of this embodiment can allocate COT to the user equipment in a dynamic manner, a static manner or a semi-static manner, that is, a series of processes for channel access and generation and transmission of downlink control information DCI SL_U in a corresponding manner: in dynamic allocation
  • the electronic device 200 performs the above series of processes in response to the user equipment's request for Sidelink communication resources; in the case of static or semi-static allocation of COT, the electronic device 200 can configure the downlink control information DCI SL_U for the user equipment in advance.
  • the transmission cycle, and based on the transmission cycle, the above series of processing can be performed periodically (static mode) or the above series of processing can be performed periodically after activating the downlink control information DCI SL_U (semi-static mode).
  • the electronic device 200 may respond to a request for resources for Sidelink communication from the user equipment, use the access unit 210 to perform channel access processing to obtain the COT, and use the generation unit 220 to generate downlink control information. DCI SL_U and uses the communication unit 240 to send the downlink control information to the user equipment.
  • the user equipment such as the SL UE1 in Figure 1 may, for example, send a request for Sidelink communication resources to the electronic device 200 on the base station side when it has Sidelink transmission requirements (such as synchronization signal or data signal transmission requirements).
  • Sidelink transmission requirements such as synchronization signal or data signal transmission requirements
  • the electronic device 200 receives a pair of COTs from the user device.
  • the request for the Sidelink communication resource may be sent, for example, via a SidelinkUEinformationNR message for the user equipment to request the Sidelink communication resource from the base station, and the Sidelink resource requested by the user equipment may be indicated in the message.
  • the user equipment may indicate the Sidelink resources it requests in the Sidelink UEinformationNR message according to its own Sidelink transmission conditions and/or needs.
  • the above-mentioned SidelinkUEinformationNR message received by the electronic device 200 from the user equipment may indicate a resource of an unlicensed resource pool (eg, indicating an index of the requested unlicensed resource pool).
  • the electronic device 200 may, for example, respond to the request of the SidelinkUEinformationNR message, perform channel access processing on the unlicensed frequency band of the unlicensed resource pool specified in the message to obtain the COT, and generate a downlink control indicating that the COT is allocated to the user equipment.
  • Information DCI SL_U and sends the downlink control information to the user equipment.
  • the above-mentioned SidelinkUEinformationNR message may also indicate the resources of the authorized resource pool (for example, indicate the index of the requested authorized resource pool).
  • the electronic device 200 may, for example, respond to the request of the SidelinkUEinformationNR message and allocate authorization resources for Sidelink communication to the user equipment via the generation unit 220 to schedule the authorization resources in the authorization resource pool specified by the message, and generate an instruction indicating that the authorization resource is used for Sidelink communication.
  • Authorize another downlink control information for allocation of resources for example, DCI format 3_0
  • the user equipment Based on the received downlink control information DCI SL_U (and optional DCI format 3_0), the user equipment can use its allocated COT (and optional DCI The authorized resource allocated for Sidelink communication indicated by format 3_0) performs Sidelink transmission.
  • the request for Sidelink communication resources may be sent via a general scheduling request, and no specific Sidelink communication resources are indicated.
  • the electronic device 200 may, for example, respond to the request and perform channel access processing on part or all of the unlicensed frequency bands of the unlicensed resource pool that is preconfigured for the user equipment (and that the user can currently use) to obtain the COT, generating Indicates to allocate the downlink control information DCI SL_U of the COT to the user equipment and send the downlink control information to the user equipment.
  • the electronic device 200 may, for example, in response to the request, allocate the authorization resources for Sidelink communication to the user equipment via the generation unit 220 to schedule the authorization resources in the authorization resource pool, and generate an allocation indicating the authorization resources.
  • another downlink control information for example, DCI format 3_0, and sends the other downlink control information to the user equipment.
  • the user equipment Based on the received downlink control information DCI SL_U (and optional DCI format 3_0), the user equipment can use its allocated COT (and optional DCI The authorized resource allocated for Sidelink communication indicated by format 3_0) performs Sidelink transmission.
  • the request for Sidelink communication resources received by the electronic device 200 from the user device may additionally include further specific requirements for the Sidelink communication of the user device (such as the priority of data to be sent, the timing of delay requirements, packet size, etc.) and can be sent by the user device in any appropriate manner.
  • the specific requirements for Sidelink communication of the above-mentioned user equipment received by the electronic device 200 from the user device may be in the form of a buffer status report (Buffer Status Report, BSR).
  • the electronic device 200 can, for example, use the configuration unit 230 to generate configuration information (DCI configuration information) of downlink control information DCI SL_U for the user equipment in advance.
  • the DCI configuration information for example, includes sending downlink control information DCI.
  • the time-frequency resources and transmission cycle of SL_U are determined, and the electronic device 200 can use the communication unit 240 to send the DCI configuration information via RRC signaling. Note that in this embodiment, although the downlink control information DCI SL_U is configured with time-frequency resources and cycles for transmission, the DCI SL_U sent in each cycle with the specified time-frequency resources (that is, the specific content of the DCI SL_U ) is still regenerated in this cycle.
  • the electronic device 200 can use the access unit 210 to continuously perform channel access processing to obtain the COT, and use the generation unit 220 to generate the COT accordingly.
  • the electronic device 200 may use the communication unit 240 to send the downlink control obtained in the above manner to the user equipment in a static manner (that is, periodically according to the transmission cycle) based on the transmission cycle of the downlink control information DCI SL_U configured for the user equipment.
  • InformationDCI SL_U InformationDCI SL_U.
  • the situation of semi-static allocation of COT is similar to the above-mentioned situation of static allocation of COT.
  • the only difference is that after the electronic device 200 sends the DCI configuration information of DCI SL_U, for example, via RRC signaling, it also needs to generate, for example, via the generation unit 220, for activating the downlink.
  • Downlink control information DCI (activation DCI) of the control information DCI SL_U, and the above-mentioned activation DCI is sent to the user equipment, for example, via the communication unit 240, to indicate starting (for example, starting after a specified time slot offset) of the cycle of the downlink control information DCI SL_U Sexually sent.
  • the electronic device 200 can use the access unit 210 to continuously perform channel access processing to obtain the COT, and accordingly use the generation unit 220 to generate downlink control information.
  • DCI SL_U and can utilize the communication unit 240 to send to the user equipment in a semi-static manner based on the transmission cycle of the downlink control information DCI SL_U (that is, after activating the downlink control information DCI and periodically transmit it according to its transmission cycle) obtained in the above manner Downlink control information DCI SL_U.
  • the electronic device 200 allocates COT to the user equipment and generates/sends the downlink control information DCI SL_U in a dynamic manner, a static manner or a semi-static manner, as long as the generated downlink control information DCI SL_U includes feedback timing information and the electronic device 200 starts from After the user equipment receives the COT usage feedback signal sent according to the transmission timing indicated by the feedback timing information, the electronic device 200 can subsequently perform operations on the unlicensed frequency band for the user equipment or other user equipment (for example, within the coverage area of the electronic device 200).
  • the above describes the electronic device 200 on the base station side according to the first embodiment, which can obtain COT more easily/faster than a UE serving a single user and allocate COT to the UE for Sidelink communication, thereby facilitating the improvement of the UE
  • the possibility of obtaining COT reduces the delay for the UE to obtain the COT, which in turn helps reduce the delay for the UE to perform Sidelink communication in the unlicensed frequency band and improves the efficiency of Sidelink communication.
  • the user equipment for which the electronic device 200 obtains and allocates COT for Sidelink communication is also described.
  • the inventor not only proposes the electronic device on the base station side, but also proposes the electronic device on the user side.
  • the electronic equipment on the base station side of the first embodiment will be On the basis of the description, a description of the user-side electronic device of the first embodiment is given, and unnecessary details thereof are omitted.
  • FIG. 5 is a block diagram showing a configuration example of the electronic device on the user side according to the first embodiment.
  • the electronic device 500 may include a communication unit 510 and an optional control unit 520 .
  • the communication unit 510 (eg, under the control of the optional control unit 520 ) sends information to and/or receives information from devices other than the electronic device 500 .
  • the electronic device 500 may further include a storage unit.
  • each unit of the electronic device 500 may be included in the processing circuit. It should be noted that the electronic device 500 may include one processing circuit or multiple processing circuits. Further, the processing circuitry may include various discrete functional units to perform various different functions and/or operations. It should be noted that these functional units may be physical entities or logical entities, and units with different names may be implemented by the same physical entity.
  • the example processing of the electronic device 500 on the user side and its respective units will be further described in conjunction with the example scenario shown in FIG. 1 , where the electronic device 500 can, for example, User equipment SL UE1 for Sidelink transmission on the unlicensed frequency band of Figure 1.
  • the communication unit 510 of the electronic device 500 on the user side may (for example, under the control of the optional control unit 220) receive downlink control information indicating that the electronic device is allocated by the base station side.
  • the channel occupancy time COT obtained by the device performing channel access processing on the unlicensed frequency band used for sidelink communication is used for sidelink communication.
  • the downlink control information received by the electronic device 500 indicating that it is allocated a COT for Sidelink communication may be called Sidelink unlicensed resource scheduling DCI, and may be referred to as downlink control information DCI SL_U if appropriate.
  • a preconfigured resource pool a collection of preconfigured time-frequency resources/time-frequency resource blocks. Therefore, optionally, the user-side electronic device 500 may also receive a pass-through request from the base station-side device via the communication unit 510, for example. Configuration information of a set of unauthorized resources for link communication (also called an unauthorized resource pool).
  • the unlicensed resource set configured by the base station side device for the electronic device 500 includes at least the resources of the unlicensed frequency band in which the base station side device performs channel access processing to obtain COT (in other words, when the unlicensed resource set is configured for the user side electronic device 500
  • the base station side device preferably performs channel access processing on all or part of the unlicensed frequency bands in the unlicensed resource set to obtain COT on such unlicensed frequency bands).
  • the Sidelink communication configuration information that the user-side electronic device 500 can receive from the base station-side device is not limited to the configuration information of the unauthorized resource pool, but may include the configuration information of the authorized resource pool similar to the existing technology, which will not be discussed here. Repeat.
  • the user-side electronic device 500 may receive a system information block SIB for Sidelink communication configuration from the base station-side device, in which a field is added as configuration information of an unauthorized resource set (unauthorized resource pool configuration information). That is, the electronic device 500 on the user side may receive the configuration information of the unauthorized resource set sent through the system information block SIB.
  • the electronic device 500 may receive a system message SIB 12 information element (IE) for NR Sidelink communication configuration from the base station side device.
  • SIB 12 message the sl-FreqInfoList-r16IE used to configure the authorized resource pool Later, sl-FreqInfoList-r18IE was added to configure the specific contents of unauthorized resource pools for user devices.
  • the newly added sl-FreqInfoList-r18IE indicates, for example, but is not limited to, the location of the unlicensed band frequency domain resources of the unlicensed resource pool (eg, sub-channel index, etc.).
  • the location of the unlicensed band frequency domain resources of the unlicensed resource pool eg, sub-channel index, etc.
  • the electronic device 500 may also receive configuration information of various RRC configurations or RRC reconfigurations from the base station side device, for example, via the communication unit 510 .
  • the base station side device schedules Sidelink communication for the electronic device 500, for example, after the electronic device 500 receives the above-mentioned SIB 12 information carrying resource pool configuration information and the like from the base station side device, the electronic device 500 and the base station side device may proceed.
  • the electronic device 500 can report Sidelink capabilities to the base station side device (for example, but not limited to, the electronic device 500 reports the unauthorized resource pool that it can currently use and optionally also includes the authorized resource pool that can be used), and Configuration information of specific Sidelink resources that is further configured for the electronic device 500 based on the report may be received from the base station side device.
  • Sidelink capabilities for example, but not limited to, the electronic device 500 reports the unauthorized resource pool that it can currently use and optionally also includes the authorized resource pool that can be used
  • Configuration information of specific Sidelink resources that is further configured for the electronic device 500 based on the report may be received from the base station side device.
  • the electronic device 500 may receive, for example, the downlink control information DCI SL_U scrambled with a predefined scrambling sequence from the base station side device via the communication unit 510 .
  • the predefined scrambling sequence for DCI SL_U for Sidelink unlicensed resource scheduling may be different than indicated
  • the scrambling sequence (such as SL-RNTI) for the scheduling of authorized resources for Sidelink communication is used to facilitate differentiation from the DCI format 3_0 used for Sidelink authorized resource scheduling using the latter scrambling.
  • the communication unit 510 may determine that the DCI it receives is the DCI used for Sidelink unlicensed resource scheduling according to the predefined scrambling sequence of the received downlink control information DCI SL_U, optionally combined with the effective length of the downlink control information DCI SL_U. SL_U.
  • the predefined scrambling sequence used for the downlink control information DCI SL_U may include a scrambling sequence used to indicate the scheduling of unlicensed resources for Sidelink communication, such as the scrambling sequence SLU-RNTI specially set for this purpose.
  • the value of the scrambling sequence SLU-RNT may be any one of the hexadecimal sequences FFF3 to FFFD.
  • the electronic device 500 may directly determine that the received DCI is the DCI SL_U used for Sidelink unlicensed resource scheduling according to the above-mentioned scrambling sequence SLU-RNTI.
  • the predefined scrambling sequence used for the downlink control information DCI SL_U may include a scrambling sequence used to indicate the delivery of slot related information, such as the existing SFI-RNTI.
  • the scrambling sequence SFI-RNTI is used to scramble the DCI format 2_0 that notifies the user equipment of the time slot format indication.
  • the DCI format 2_0 generally has a certain effective length or length range.
  • the communication unit 510 may, for example, determine the received DCI according to the scrambling sequence SFI-RNTI, optionally combined with the effective length of the downlink control information DCI SL_U (which is different from the effective length of the DCI format 2_0 mentioned above). DCI SL_U for Sidelink unlicensed resource scheduling.
  • the downlink control information DCI SL_U received by the electronic device 500 may indicate the allocation of the COT by the base station side device to the electronic device, which may include, but is not limited to, the allocation of time domain resources in the COT, and Optionally, allocation of (available) frequency domain resources of the unlicensed frequency band of the COT may also be included.
  • the downlink control information DCI SL_U received by the electronic device 500 may at least include information indicating the above allocation.
  • the downlink control information DCI SL_U received by the electronic device 500 may include COT indication information, which indicates a period of COT allocated to the electronic device.
  • the COT indication information may, for example, indicate the start and end times of the COT period allocated to the electronic device.
  • the COT indication information may indicate the time slot offset of the start time slot of the COT period allocated to the electronic device relative to the DCI SL_U and the number of time slots that the COT period lasts.
  • the downlink control information DCI SL_U received by the electronic device 500 can also be To include access type information, which indicates the type of channel access processing performed by the base station side to obtain the COT.
  • Channel access processing includes, but is not limited to, Cat2 (Type 2) LBT process, Cat3 (Type 3) LBT process, Cat4 (Type 4) LBT process, etc.
  • the type of channel access processing can indicate the reliability of the COT obtained through the processing (for example, the reliability of the COT obtained by the more complex Cat4LBT process is high). Therefore, the access type information obtained by the user-side electronic device 500 from the downlink control information DCI SL_U will help the electronic device determine whether to use the corresponding COT.
  • the type of channel access processing indicated by the access type information may further include the LBT used by the base station side for channel access processing. priority.
  • the access type information of DCI SL_U may also indicate one of the four priorities ⁇ 1, 2, 3, 4 ⁇ . one.
  • the downlink control information DCI SL_U received by the electronic device 500 may also include frequency domain resource indication information, which indicates the frequency domain resources of the unlicensed frequency band allocated to the electronic device.
  • the frequency domain resource indication information may indicate a subchannel index of a subchannel in an unlicensed frequency band allocated to the electronic device.
  • the downlink control information DCI SL_U received by the electronic device 500 may include N resource allocation fields for N COTs (N is a natural number greater than or equal to 1), and each resource allocation field includes a resource allocation field for the corresponding COT.
  • N is a natural number greater than or equal to 1
  • each resource allocation field includes a resource allocation field for the corresponding COT.
  • the electronic device 500 can advantageously obtain various information of the corresponding COT from each resource allocation field and select an appropriate COT for Sidelink communication accordingly if possible.
  • N 1, that is, the downlink control information DCI SL_U includes one resource allocation field for one COT.
  • Such a setting is beneficial to reducing the delay for the electronic device 500 to obtain the COT assigned to it by the base station side device.
  • N the downlink control information DCI SL_U includes multiple resource allocation fields for multiple COTs, so that one downlink control information DCI SL_U can allocate up to N COTs to the electronic device 500 .
  • Such a setting is helpful for the electronic device 500 to obtain the right to choose different COTs/different COT usage methods.
  • the electronic device 500 can comprehensively consider the period of each COT (such as the start time and duration), the type of channel access processing (which can, for example, characterize the reliability of the COT), and the location of the corresponding frequency domain resource (such as whether it is allocated Sufficient frequency domain resources, etc.), etc., according to the Sidelink transmission situation you want to carry out (such as the priority of the data to be sent, delay requirements, data packet size, etc.), from all Select among the allocated COTs (for example, select the earliest COT, the longest COT, or use multiple COTs at one time, etc.).
  • the downlink control information DCI SL_U includes 3 resource allocation fields for 3 COTs.
  • Such a setting is beneficial to reducing the delay in allocating COT to the electronic device 500 on the user side and providing the electronic device with the option of different COTs/different COT usage methods (for example, selecting the earliest COT, the longest COT or using it all at once. A balance between multiple COTs).
  • the downlink control information DCI SL_U received by the electronic device 500 may also include feedback timing information, which indicates the transmission timing of an uplink signal (COT usage feedback signal) used to feed back the usage of the COT.
  • the transmission timing of the COT usage feedback signal indicated by the feedback timing information is earlier than the start time of the COT allocated to the electronic device.
  • the feedback timing information may indicate that the upstream COT uses a time slot offset of the transmission time slot of the feedback signal relative to the DCI SL_U.
  • the downlink control information DCI SL_U includes multiple resource allocation fields for multiple COTs
  • one feedback timing information is used to indicate the sending timing of the feedback signal for one uplink COT for all COTs; this is beneficial to simplifying the feedback process. And it is conducive to the subsequent unified allocation of unused COT by the base station side equipment.
  • the electronic device 500 on the user side that has received the downlink control information DCI SL_U can, under the control of the control unit 520, use the communication unit 510 to send an uplink signal for feedback on the usage of the COT at the transmission timing indicated by the feedback timing information of the DCI SL_U.
  • the upstream COT uses feedback signals).
  • the electronic device 500 can send the uplink COT usage feedback signal in any appropriate manner, as long as it can reflect the usage of COT, that is, it can carry the COT usage feedback information.
  • the electronic device 500 may utilize the control unit 520 to generate COT usage feedback information, and utilize the communication unit 510 to send an uplink COT usage feedback signal carrying the feedback information in any appropriate manner.
  • the COT usage feedback information generated by the electronic device 500 may be a feedback information sequence in the form of a binary sequence, and the length of the feedback information sequence may be equal to the downlink control information.
  • Each bit in the feedback information sequence can indicate whether the corresponding COT will be used by the electronic device 500 (0 means it will not be used, 1 means it will be used).
  • the electronic device 500 is based on the contents of these resource allocation fields and its own Sidelink transmission and/or
  • the feedback information sequence generated by the electronic device 500 may be in the form of 011, for example.
  • the electronic device 500 may use the communication unit 510 to use the PUCCH or PUSCH channel to transmit the uplink COT usage feedback signal carrying the above-mentioned COT usage feedback information.
  • the electronic device 500 uses the cyclically shifted basic sequence transmitted by the PUCCH as the COT usage feedback signal, where the number of cyclic shifts performed on the basic sequence is used to indicate the carried COT usage feedback information, that is, binary feedback information. sequence. For example, when the value of the feedback information sequence generated by the control unit 520 is 011, the number of cyclic shifts of the basic sequence of the feedback signal sent by the communication unit 510 as the COT is 3 corresponding to 011.
  • the electronic device 500 uses the PUSCH channel to transmit the uplink COT usage feedback signal carrying the above COT usage feedback information, for example, directly sending the COT usage feedback signal carrying the COT usage feedback information 011 as data content to the base station side device.
  • the base station side equipment is only responsible for allocating the obtained COT to the user-side electronic device 500 and will not use the COT itself for any transmission.
  • the electronic device 500 receives the downlink control information DCI SL_U indicating the allocation of COT, it will select the allocated COT according to the situation and/or demand for Sidelink transmission, and there may be cases where it chooses not to use part or even all of the allocated COT. .
  • the user-side electronic device 500 sends an uplink signal to feedback the COT usage according to the transmission timing specified by the feedback timing information of the downlink control information DCI SL_U, which is conducive to the base station side equipment to schedule and control the use of Sidelink unauthorized resources and reduce unauthorized resources. of waste.
  • the base station side device learns from the user side electronic device 500 that the latter does not use a certain COT, it can subsequently allocate the COT to the electronic device or other user equipment (for example, if there is a need for non-operation within the coverage area of the base station side device) other UEs transmitting Sidelink on the licensed frequency band).
  • An example of time domain resource usage indicated by the downlink control information DCI SL_U received by the electronic device 500 may be as shown in FIG. 3 described above in the description of the electronic device 200 on the base station side, and the description will not be repeated here.
  • the base station side device may configure an unauthorized resource pool for the user side electronic device 500, and in this case, the base station side device is preferably configured for the electronic device 500 and the electronic device 500 is currently able to use ) All or part of the unlicensed frequency bands in the unlicensed resource pool undergo channel access processing to obtain COT on such unlicensed frequency bands.
  • the downlink control information DCI SL_U received by the user-side electronic device 500 at this time may additionally include resource pool indication information, which instructs the base station-side device to perform channel access processing to obtain the non-COT Authorized resource pool.
  • the resource pool indication information may, for example, indicate an unauthorized resource pool index.
  • the frequency domain resource indication information in the downlink control information DCI SL_U indicates the frequency domain resources (such as sub-channel index) in the unlicensed resource pool.
  • An example format of the downlink control information DCI SL_U received by the electronic device 500 may be as shown in FIG. 4 described above in the description of the electronic device 200 on the base station side, and the description will not be repeated here.
  • the downlink control information DCI SL_U instructs the base station side device to allocate 3 COTs to the user-side electronic device 500
  • the number of COTs allocated to the electronic device is not limited to this. Rather, it may be more or less than 3; embodiments of the present disclosure are not limited to this.
  • the electronic device 500 on the user side in this embodiment can obtain the COT assigned to the electronic device by the base station device in a dynamic, static or semi-static manner: in the case of dynamic allocation of COT, the electronic device 500 sends the COT to the base station device via A request for Sidelink communication resources results in a COT dynamically allocated by the base station side equipment; in the case of static or semi-static allocation of COT, the base station side equipment, for example, pre-configures the transmission cycle of downlink control information DCI SL_U for the electronic device 500, and The electronic device 500 can obtain the COT assigned to it by the base station side device periodically (static mode) or periodically after activating the downlink control information DCI SL_U (semi-static mode) based on the transmission cycle.
  • the electronic device 500 may use the communication unit 510 to send a request for resources for Sidelink communication to the base station side device, and receive downlink control information DCI SL_U sent in response to the request.
  • the user-side electronic device 500 may use the communication unit 510 to send a Sidelink communication request to the base station-side device. Resource requests.
  • a Sidelink transmission requirement such as a synchronization signal or data signal transmission requirement
  • the user-side electronic device 500's request for Sidelink communication resources can be sent, for example, via the SidelinkUEinformationNR message for the user equipment to request Sidelink communication resources from the base station, and the message can indicate Sidelink resources requested by the electronic device 500.
  • the electronic device 500 may, for example, transmit the data by the communication unit 510 according to the conditions and/or requirements of its own Sidelink transmission (such as the priority of the data to be sent, delay requirements, data packet size, etc.), for example, through the control of the control unit 520
  • the Sidelink resource requested by the electronic device 500 is indicated in the SidelinkUEinformationNR message.
  • the SidelinkUEinformationNR message described above may indicate a request for a resource of an unlicensed resource pool (eg, an index indicating the requested unlicensed resource pool).
  • the base station side device may, for example, respond to the request of the Sidelink UE information NR message, perform channel access processing on the unlicensed frequency band of the unlicensed resource pool specified in the message to obtain the COT, and generate an instruction to allocate the COT to the electronic device 500 on the user side.
  • the downlink control information DCI SL_U of the COT is sent to the electronic device.
  • the above-mentioned SidelinkUEinformationNR message may also indicate the resources of the authorized resource pool (for example, indicating the index of the requested authorized resource pool).
  • the base station side device may, for example, respond to the request of the SidelinkUEinformationNR message and allocate authorization resources for Sidelink communication to the user-side electronic device 500 through scheduling of authorization resources in the authorization resource pool specified by the message, and generate an instruction.
  • the other downlink control information (for example, DCI format 3_0) authorizes the allocation of resources, and sends the other downlink control information to the electronic device.
  • the user-side electronic device 500 can, based on the received downlink control information DCI SL_U (and optional DCI format 3_0), according to its own Sidelink transmission situation and/or requirements (such as the priority of the data to be sent, delay requirements , packet size and other information), use the COT allocated to it indicated by DCI SL_U (and the authorized resources allocated to it for Sidelink communication indicated by optional DCI format 3_0) for Sidelink transmission.
  • DCI SL_U and optional DCI format 3_0
  • requirements such as the priority of the data to be sent, delay requirements , packet size and other information
  • the user-side electronic device 500's request for Sidelink communication resources can be sent via a general scheduling request, and no request is made to the base station side device. Specific Sidelink communication resources are indicated.
  • the base station side device may, for example, respond to the request and perform channel access on part or all of the unlicensed frequency bands of the unlicensed resource pool that is preconfigured for the user-side electronic device 500 (and that the electronic device 500 can currently use).
  • the process is to obtain the COT, generate downlink control information DCI SL_U indicating that the COT is allocated to the electronic device, and send the downlink control information to the electronic device.
  • the base station side device may, for example, respond to the request, allocate authorization resources for Sidelink communication to the user-side electronic device 500 via scheduling of authorization resources in the authorization resource pool, and generate an authorization resource indicating the authorization resources. distribute another downlink control information (for example, DCI format 3_0), and send the other downlink control information to the electronic device.
  • authorization resources for Sidelink communication for example, DCI format 3_0
  • DCI format 3_0 another downlink control information
  • the electronic device 500 can, based on the received downlink control information DCI SL_U (and optional DCI format 3_0), according to its own Sidelink transmission conditions and/or requirements (such as the priority of the data to be sent, delay requirements, data packets Size and other information), use the COT allocated to it indicated by DCI SL_U (and the authorized resources allocated to it for Sidelink communication indicated by optional DCI format 3_0) for Sidelink transmission.
  • DCI SL_U and optional DCI format 3_0
  • Sidelink transmission conditions and/or requirements such as the priority of the data to be sent, delay requirements, data packets Size and other information
  • the request for Sidelink communication resources sent by the electronic device 500 may additionally include further specific requirements for its Sidelink communication (such as the priority of the data to be sent, delay requirements , packet size and other information), and the specific requirements for Sidelink communication mentioned above are sent in any appropriate manner.
  • the specific requirements for Sidelink communication sent by the electronic device 500 may be in the form of a buffer status report (Buffer Status Report, BSR).
  • the user-side electronic device 500 may, for example, receive the configuration information (DCI configuration information) of the downlink control information DCI SL_U generated by the base station side device via the communication unit 510 via RRC signaling.
  • the DCI configuration information includes, for example, the time-frequency resources and transmission cycle for transmitting downlink control information DCI SL_U.
  • the electronic device 500 may use the communication unit 510 to configure the downlink control information DCI based on the downlink control information DCI indicated in the DCI configuration information.
  • the transmission cycle and time-frequency resource position of SL_U are used to receive the downlink control information DCI SL_U that is periodically transmitted according to the transmission cycle (that is, sent in a static manner).
  • the downlink control information DCI SL_U may be generated by the base station side device continuously performing channel access processing in each transmission cycle to obtain the COT and correspondingly generated.
  • the adjustable DCI SL_U specified by the format of the DCI SL_U.
  • the corresponding resource indication field of DCI SL_U may be empty or reserved.
  • the semi-static allocation of COT by the base station side equipment is similar to the above-mentioned static allocation of COT.
  • the only difference is that after the user-side electronic device 500 uses the communication unit 520 to receive the DCI configuration information of DCI SL_U via RRC signaling, for example, it also needs to receive
  • the electronic device 500 can use the communication unit 240 to receive the base station side device periodically according to the transmission cycle after the activation action based on the instruction to activate DCI, the transmission cycle of the downlink control information DCI SL_U indicated in the DCI configuration information, and the time-frequency resource location.
  • Downlink control information DCI SL_U is sent permanently (that is, sent in a semi-static manner).
  • the above describes the user-side electronic device 500 according to the first embodiment, which can obtain the COT assigned by the base station-side device by relying on the base station-side device that can obtain the COT more easily/faster than serving a UE of a single user. It can be used for Sidelink communication, which will help improve the possibility of the electronic device getting COT and reduce the delay for the electronic device to get COT, which will help reduce the delay of the electronic device performing Sidelink communication in the unlicensed frequency band and improve the efficiency of Sidelink communication. efficiency.
  • the base station side electronic device 200 of the above-mentioned first embodiment can be used to communicate with the user. This is achieved through interaction with the electronic device 500 on the side.
  • Figures 6, 7, and 8 are respectively flow charts for illustrating the first, second, and third example signaling interactions in which the base station side device obtains and allocates COT to the user equipment according to the first embodiment, and they are respectively dynamic Examples of allocation, static allocation, and semi-static allocation.
  • the electronic device 200 on the base station side is used, for example, for the base station gNB in the example of FIG. 1
  • the electronic device 500 on the user side is used, for example, on the user equipment SL UE1 of the sending end in the example of FIG. 1 .
  • SL UE1 can perform various necessary signaling interactions with SL UE2 required for Sidelink communication between the two. For example, SL UE1 can determine its location through interactions with SL UE2 after receiving the SIB 12 message of gNB. Can be used with SL UE2 The resource pool for Sidelink communication between them (and the resource pool can be reported during the RRC reconfiguration phase with gNB) will not be described again here.
  • the resource pool can be used by SL UE1 for Sidelink communication with SL UE2; therefore, SL UE1 can only communicate with SL UE2 through the unauthorized resource pool. Possibility of Sidelink communication.
  • the base station gNB sends a system message SIB 12 to the user equipment SL UE1.
  • the SIB 12 message may include, for example, the system message SIB 12 generated by the gNB for the SL UE1.
  • Sidelink communicates configuration information, which may include unauthorized resource pool configuration information and optionally authorized resource pool configuration information.
  • step S602 RRC reconfiguration is performed between the base station gNB and the user equipment SL UE1, which may include, for example, the SL UE1 reporting Sidelink capabilities to gNB (for example, but not limited to, the user equipment reporting the unauthorized resource pool it can currently use and Optionally, the authorized resource pool that it can currently use) and gNB further configure specific Sidelink resources for SL UE1 based on the report.
  • the SL UE1 reporting Sidelink capabilities to gNB (for example, but not limited to, the user equipment reporting the unauthorized resource pool it can currently use and Optionally, the authorized resource pool that it can currently use) and gNB further configure specific Sidelink resources for SL UE1 based on the report.
  • step S603 the user The device SL UE1 sends a request for Sidelink communication resources to the base station gNB.
  • the base station gNB In response to the user equipment SL UE1's request for Sidelink communication resources in step S603, the base station gNB performs channel access processing on the unlicensed frequency band to obtain COT in step S604, and generates downlink control information DCI SL_U in step S605 to indicate to the SL UE1
  • the COT is allocated, and in step S607, the downlink control information DCI SL_U is sent to the SL UE1.
  • the downlink control information DCI SL_U generated and sent by the base station gNB in steps S605 and S607 may include one or more resource indication fields for one or more COTs, and each resource indication field may include COT indication information for the corresponding COT, interface Input type information and frequency domain resource indication information.
  • the base station gNB sends the system message SIB 12 to the user equipment SL UE1 and the SIB 12 message includes unauthorized resource pool configuration information, and in step S602, the SL UE1 reports to gNB that it can currently use
  • the above downlink control information DCI SL_U may also include resource pool indication information to indicate the unlicensed resource pool.
  • the above downlink control information DCI SL_U Feedback timing information may also be included.
  • the base station gNB sends the system message SIB 12 to the user equipment SL UE1 and the SIB 12 message includes the authorized resource pool configuration information, and in step S602, the SL UE1 reports to gNB that it can currently use the In the case of an authorized resource pool, as shown in the figure, in response to the user equipment SL UE1's request for Sidelink communication resources in step S603, the base station can also allocate the authorized resource pool for Sidelink communication to SL UE1 in step S606.
  • the user equipment SL UE1 can use the DCI SL_U indicated in step S610 to allocate it based on the received downlink control information DCI SL_U (and the optional DCI format 3_0) and according to its own Sidelink transmission situation and/or needs.
  • the COT (and optionally the authorized resources assigned to it for Sidelink communication as indicated by DCI 3_0) perform Sidelink transmission.
  • the Sidelink transmission in step S610 may be, for example, sending a Sidelink data signal to the SL UE2 or broadcasting a Sidelink synchronization signal, which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • the SL UE1 may perform the feedback timing information according to the feedback timing information.
  • the COT usage feedback signal is sent to the gNB in step S609, so as to facilitate the subsequent reallocation of unused COT by the gNB.
  • the base station gNB sends the system message SIB 12 to the user equipment SL UE1.
  • the SIB 12 message may include, for example, the system message SIB 12 generated by the gNB for the SL UE1.
  • Sidelink communication configuration information which may include unauthorized resource pool configuration information.
  • step S702 RRC reconfiguration is performed between the base station gNB and the user equipment SL UE1, which may include, for example, the SL UE1 reporting Sidelink capabilities to gNB (for example, but not limited to, the user equipment reporting the unlicensed resource pool that it can currently use).
  • gNB further configures specific Sidelink resources for SL UE1 based on the report, and gNB configures periodic downlink control information DCI SL_U for Sidelink unlicensed resource scheduling for SL UE1.
  • This configuration at least includes configuring the time-frequency resources for sending DCI UL_U and The sending period allows the user equipment SL UE1 to receive DCI UL_U according to the configuration information.
  • the downlink control information DCI SL_U may include one or more resource indication fields for one or more COTs, and each resource indication field may include COT indication information, access type information, and frequency domain resource indication information for the corresponding COT.
  • the base station gNB sends the system message SIB 12 to the user equipment SL UE1 and the SIB 12 message includes unauthorized resource pool configuration information, and in step S602, the SL UE1 reports to gNB that it can currently use
  • the above downlink control information DCI SL_U may also include resource pool indication information to indicate the unauthorized resource pool.
  • the above-mentioned downlink control information DCI SL_U may also include feedback timing information.
  • the SL UE1 may transmit according to the feedback timing information in each transmission cycle.
  • a COT usage feedback signal is sent to the gNB to facilitate the subsequent re-allocation of the unused COT by the gNB in the cycle.
  • the COT usage feedback signal sent by SL UE1 to gNB in each transmission cycle can indicate that it does not use COT.
  • the user equipment SL UE1 has a data packet to be transmitted by Sidelink (or alternatively, for example, the user equipment SL UE1 has a data packet to be transmitted).
  • Sidelink or alternatively, for example, the user equipment SL UE1 has a data packet to be transmitted.
  • the user equipment SL UE1 may, for example, based on the downlink control information DCI SL_U received in each transmission cycle, according to its own Sidelink transmission situation and/or needs, in step S707, use each DCI received in each transmission cycle.
  • the COT indicated by SL_U can still be used among the COT allocated to it, or the COT indicated by DCI SL_U received in the latest nth transmission cycle can be directly used for Sidelink transmission.
  • the Sidelink transmission in step S707 may be, for example, sending a Sidelink data signal to the SL UE2 or broadcasting a Sidelink synchronization signal, which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • the example process of semi-static allocation is roughly similar to the example process of static allocation shown in Figure 7: the example process of Figure 8 includes steps S701 to S707 of Figure 7 Similar steps S801 to step S802 and steps S803-1 to step S807; the difference between the example process of Figure 8 and the example process of Figure 7 is that in the example of semi-static allocation, in step S802, the base station gNB and the user equipment SL UE1 In the RRC reconfiguration between the two parties, gNB configures the semi-statically sent (rather than periodically sent) downlink control information DCI SL_U for Sidelink unlicensed resource scheduling for SL UE1; then, in the newly added step S800, the base station The gNB sends activation DCI for activating downlink control information DCI SL_U to the user equipment SL UE1.
  • the base station gNB and the user equipment SL UE1 may perform processes similar to steps S703-1 to step S707 of Figure 7 in steps S803-1 to step S807, that is, in the action of activating the downlink control information DCI SL_U
  • the base station gNB performs channel access to obtain the COT, generates downlink control information DCI SL_U and sends DCI SL_U and other processes, and the user equipment SL UE1 also performs corresponding processing after this, which will not be described again here.
  • the present disclosure provides the following method embodiments.
  • FIG. 9 is a flowchart illustrating a process example of the method for wireless communication on the base station side according to the first embodiment.
  • step S901 channel access processing is performed on the unlicensed frequency band used for direct link communication to obtain the channel occupancy time COT.
  • step S902 downlink control information is generated to indicate that the COT is allocated to the user equipment for direct link communication.
  • the downlink control information generated in step S902 may include COT indication information, which indicates the period of the COT allocated to the user equipment.
  • the downlink control information may also include access type information, which indicates the type of channel access processing.
  • the type of channel access processing may further include a priority of listen-before-talking LBT for performing the channel access processing.
  • the downlink control information may also include frequency domain resource indication information, which indicates frequency domain resources of the unlicensed frequency band allocated to the user equipment.
  • the downlink control information may include multiple resource allocation fields for multiple COTs, each resource allocation field including the COT indication information for the corresponding COT, The access type information and the frequency domain resource indication information.
  • the downlink control information may also include feedback timing information, which indicates the transmission timing of an uplink signal used to feed back the usage of the COT.
  • step S901 it may also additionally include configuring an unauthorized resource set for direct link communication for the user equipment.
  • the unlicensed resource set at least includes resources in the unlicensed frequency band.
  • a step of sending the configuration information of the unauthorized resource set to the user equipment through a system information block SIB (such as SIB 12 information) may also be additionally included.
  • a step of sending the downlink control information to the user equipment may be additionally included.
  • the step of sending the downlink control information may include a process of scrambling the downlink control information with a predefined scrambling sequence.
  • the predefined scrambling sequence may include a scrambling sequence used to indicate the scheduling of unlicensed resources for direct link communication, or a scrambling sequence used to indicate the delivery of time slot related information.
  • the example process of FIG. 9 may be performed in a dynamic manner, a periodic manner, or a semi-static manner.
  • the channel access processing of step S901 to obtain the COT, the generation of the downlink control information of step S902 and not shown may be performed in response to a request for resources for direct link communication from the user equipment.
  • the process of sending the downlink control information to the user equipment may also be included: in response to a request from the user equipment for resources used for direct link communication. request, also allocate authorized resources for direct link communication to the user equipment, generate another downlink control information indicating the allocation of the authorized resources, and send the other downlink control information to the user equipment.
  • the channel access processing of step S901 to obtain the COT and the processing of generating the downlink control information of step S902 may be continuously performed, and based on the transmission of the downlink control information configured for the user equipment Periodically, the downlink control information is sent to the user equipment in a static or semi-static manner.
  • the subject that performs the above method may be an electronic device on the base station side according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure. Therefore, the above description about the base station side of the first embodiment All embodiments of the electronic device are applicable to this and will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 10 is a flowchart illustrating a process example of the method for wireless communication on the user side according to the first embodiment.
  • step S1001 downlink control information DCI is received.
  • the downlink control information indicates that the electronic device is allocated by the base station side device to perform channel access processing on the unlicensed frequency band used for sidelink communication.
  • the obtained channel occupancy time COT is used for Sidelink communication.
  • the downlink control information received in step S1001 may include COT indication information, which indicates the period of the COT allocated to the electronic device.
  • the downlink control information may also include access type information, which indicates the type of channel access processing.
  • the type of channel access processing may further include a priority of listen-before-talking LBT for performing the channel access processing.
  • the downlink control information may also include frequency domain resource indication information, which indicates frequency domain resources of the unlicensed frequency band allocated to the electronic device.
  • the downlink control information may include multiple resource allocation fields for multiple COTs, and each resource allocation field includes the COT indication information, the access type information and the frequency domain resources for the corresponding COT. Instructions.
  • the downlink control information may also include feedback timing information, which indicates the transmission timing of an uplink signal used to feed back the usage of the COT.
  • feedback timing information indicates the transmission timing of an uplink signal used to feed back the usage of the COT.
  • the downlink control information scrambled with a predefined scrambling sequence may be received.
  • the predefined scrambling sequence may include a scrambling sequence used to indicate the scheduling of unlicensed resources for direct link communication, or a scrambling sequence used to indicate the delivery of time slot related information.
  • step S1001 it may also additionally include receiving an unauthorized resource set for direct link communication from the base station side device.
  • the step of configuring information, the unauthorized resource set at least includes Resources in the unlicensed frequency band.
  • the configuration information sent through a system information block SIB (eg SIB 12 information) may be received.
  • the example process of FIG. 10 may be performed in a dynamic manner, a periodic manner, or a semi-static manner.
  • the example process of FIG. 10 may further include the step of sending a request for resources for direct link communication to the base station side device before step S1001, and may receive a response to the request in step S1001.
  • the downlink control information sent may also include the step of receiving another downlink control information sent by the base station side device in response to the request,
  • the further downlink control information indicates allocation of authorized resources for direct link communications.
  • step S1001 the downlink control sent in a static or semi-static manner may be received based on the transmission period of the downlink control information configured by the base station side device for the electronic device. information.
  • the subject that performs the above method may be a user-side electronic device according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure. Therefore, all the embodiments mentioned above regarding the user-side electronic device of the first embodiment are applicable to This will not be repeated here.
  • the user equipment's Sidelink communication in the unlicensed band may be less efficient.
  • the Sidelink synchronization signal hereinafter also referred to as S-SSB
  • S-SSB Sidelink synchronization signal
  • the inventor proposes to transmit the Sidelink synchronization signal in the unlicensed frequency band in a multiplexing manner during Sidelink communication in the unlicensed frequency band, thereby improving the Sidelink synchronization signal in the unlicensed frequency band.
  • the transmission efficiency of synchronization signals is improved, thereby improving the efficiency of Sidelink communication in unlicensed frequency bands.
  • a base station that serves multiple users and easily wins channel competition obtains access to an unlicensed frequency band for transmitting Sidelink synchronization signals (hereinafter also referred to as the unlicensed frequency band for transmitting S-SSB).
  • the channel of the unlicensed frequency band occupies the time COT and allows multiple transmitter user equipments to reuse the resources of the unlicensed frequency band in the COT for transmitting S-SSB to transmit the S-SSB of the unlicensed frequency band of each user equipment. , thereby improving the transmission efficiency of S-SSB in the unlicensed frequency band of each user equipment.
  • a single user equipment transmits the Sidelink synchronization signal in the unlicensed frequency band in a manner in which the Sidelink synchronization signal and the Sidelink data signal in the unlicensed frequency band multiplex time-frequency resources, thereby also improving the efficiency of the user equipment. Transmission efficiency of Sidelink synchronization signals in unlicensed frequency bands.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram illustrating an application scenario according to the second embodiment of the present disclosure, which shows an example of the mode in which the base station schedules Sidelink transmission, that is, Sidelink resource allocation mode 1.
  • multiple user equipments SL UE1, SL UE2, and SL UE3 are all within the coverage of the base station gNB and work in Sidelink resource allocation mode 1.
  • Another user equipment SL UE4 is outside the coverage of the base station gNB, and SL UE1, SL UE2, and SL UE3 can all communicate with gNB via Uulink, and then use the resources of the unlicensed frequency band for transmitting S-SSB within the COT allocated by gNB to user equipment such as SL UE4 outside the coverage of gNB. Transmission of Sidelink synchronization signal S-SSB.
  • the base station gNB can be used to obtain the COT of the unlicensed frequency band for transmitting S-SSB, so that it can be shared among multiple user equipments (such as SL UE1, SL UE2, SL UE3), for example.
  • the resources within the COT are used to efficiently transmit Sidelink synchronization signals in the unlicensed frequency bands of each user equipment.
  • FIG. 12 is a block diagram showing a configuration example of electronic equipment on the base station side according to the second embodiment.
  • the electronic device 1200 may include an access unit 1210, a distribution unit 1220 and optional communications unit 1230. In addition, although not shown in the figure, the electronic device 1200 may further include a storage unit.
  • each unit of the electronic device 1200 may be included in the processing circuit.
  • the electronic device 1200 may include one processing circuit or multiple processing circuits.
  • the processing circuitry may include various discrete functional units to perform various different functions and/or operations. It should be noted that these functional units may be physical entities or logical entities, and units with different names may be implemented by the same physical entity.
  • the optional communication unit 1230 of the electronic device 1200 shown in FIG. 12 may be used to send information to and/or receive information from devices other than the electronic device 1200 .
  • the communication unit 1230 can be used to communicate with the user equipments SL UE1, SL UE2, SL UE3, etc. within the coverage area.
  • the access unit 1210 of the electronic device 1200 may perform channel access processing on the unlicensed frequency band used to transmit the direct link Sidelink synchronization signal S-SSB (unlicensed frequency band used to transmit S-SSB) to Get the channel occupancy time COT.
  • S-SSB unlicensed frequency band used to transmit S-SSB
  • the access unit 1210 may listen before talking (LBT) by listening for potential transmission activities on an unlicensed frequency band used to transmit S-SSB and access the channel when it is confirmed that the unlicensed frequency band is available.
  • LBT long term evolution
  • the access unit 1210 may use various LBT processes to perform channel access processing, including but not limited to LBT processes without/with a random backoff mechanism applied.
  • the type of channel access processing performed by the access unit 1210 may include but is not limited to (a) LBT process without applying random backoff (Type 2, Cat2), (b) including random backoff but contention window (CW) size Fixed LBT process (Type 3, Cat3), (c) LBT process including random backoff and variable contention window size (Type 4, Cat4).
  • Different types of channel access processing may obtain COTs with different reliability (eg, with different possibilities, at different speeds). For example, the COT obtained by the more complex Cat4LBT process has high reliability.
  • a Cat4 (type 4) LBT process containing random backoff and variable contention window size is adopted, and it may have different priorities, for example, to represent the possibility and speed of successfully obtaining COT, etc.
  • a high-priority LBT may mean that the LBT has a higher probability of obtaining a COT sooner.
  • the bandwidth (LBT bandwidth) for which the access unit 1210 of the electronic device 1200 performs channel access processing, for example, via the LBT process may include all unlicensed frequency bands that all user equipment within its coverage can use to transmit S-SSB.
  • the access unit 1210 of the electronic device 1200 may be configured to perform the above-mentioned channel access in response to a request from a user equipment within its coverage for resources for transmitting the direct link Sidelink synchronization signal S-SSB. deal with.
  • the electronic device 120 may, when it receives a request for resources for transmitting S-SSB from one user equipment within its coverage via the communication unit 1230, when necessary (for example, when there is no COT that has been obtained, or there is no COT yet or When the resources of the unlicensed frequency band used for transmitting S-SSB in the COT that can still be allocated), the above channel access processing is performed to obtain the COT.
  • the bandwidth of the channel access processing may not only include the user equipment currently making the request.
  • the unlicensed frequency bands used to transmit S-SSB also include the unlicensed frequency bands that other user equipment can use to transmit S-SSB. In this way, the electronic device 1200 can implement centralized scheduling of resources in the unlicensed frequency band for transmitting S-SSB.
  • the allocation unit 1220 of the electronic device 1200 may allocate resources of the unlicensed frequency band for transmitting the Sidelink synchronization signal S-SSB in the COT obtained by the access unit 1210 of the electronic device 1200 to multiple user equipments ( Hereinafter, it may also be referred to as the resources of the unlicensed frequency band in the COT for transmitting S-SSB, or further referred to as the resources of the unlicensed frequency band in the COT) for transmitting the Sidelink synchronization signal S-SSB.
  • the electronic device 1200 can use the access unit 1210 for a certain user equipment within its coverage area that has a Sidelink synchronization signal S-SSB transmission requirement (for example, SL UE1 in FIG. 11, which sends a request to the electronic device 1200.
  • a Sidelink synchronization signal S-SSB transmission requirement for example, SL UE1 in FIG. 11, which sends a request to the electronic device 1200.
  • the allocation unit 1220 is used to allocate the resources
  • the above resources in the COT are allocated to these user equipments (for example, SL UE1, SL UE2, and SL UE3 in Figure 11) for common use. In this way, the efficiency of each user equipment transmitting Sidelink synchronization signals on the unlicensed frequency band can be improved.
  • the allocation by the allocation unit 1220 to the resources of the unlicensed frequency band in the COT obtained by the access unit 1210 includes but is not limited to the allocation of time domain resources, that is, time periods in the COT.
  • the allocation of resources in the COT by the allocation unit 1220 may further include allocation of frequency domain resources of the unlicensed frequency band in the COT.
  • the allocating unit 1220 may perform the above allocation based on the user equipment's request for resources for transmitting S-SSB and considering the resources of the unlicensed frequency band for transmitting S-SSB that the allocating unit 1220 can schedule.
  • the allocation unit 1220 can allocate to each user equipment all or part of the time period in the COT obtained by the access unit 1210, and all or part of the frequency domain resources of the unlicensed frequency band used to transmit S-SSB in the obtained COT, This can be done by the allocation unit 1220 based on the resources of the unlicensed frequency band that it can schedule for transmitting S-SSB and the way it schedules these resources (for example, the allocation unit 1220 enables multiple user equipments to time division multiplexing (TDM) ) or frequency division multiplexing (Frequency Division Multiplexing, FDM) method to multiplex the resources of the unlicensed frequency band in the COT) and handle it appropriately.
  • TDM time division multiplexing
  • FDM Frequency Division Multiplexing
  • the allocation unit 1220 may be configured to generate downlink control information DCI for each user equipment in the plurality of user equipments to indicate allocation of resources of the unlicensed frequency band in the COT of the user equipment.
  • the downlink control information generated by the allocation unit 1220 for the user equipment may at least include information indicating the allocation of time domain resources in the COT (and optionally frequency domain resources in the COT) for the user equipment.
  • the electronic device 1200 may use the communication unit 1230 to send the downlink control information generated by the allocation unit 1220 to user equipment such as SL UE1, SL UE2, SL UE3, etc. in Figure 11.
  • the downlink control information generated by the allocation unit 1220 for each user equipment may include COT indication information, which indicates the period of the COT allocated to the user equipment.
  • the COT indication information may, for example, indicate the start and end times of the COT period allocated to the user equipment.
  • the allocation unit 1220 may allocate to each user equipment all or part of the time period in the COT obtained by the access unit 1210; accordingly, the COT indication information of the downlink control information may indicate all or part of the time period of the COT. This embodiment There are no restrictions on this.
  • the allocation unit 1220 configures the downlink control information generated by each user equipment to
  • the information may also include frequency domain resource indication information, which indicates the frequency domain resources of the unlicensed frequency band allocated to the user equipment for transmitting S-SSB.
  • the frequency domain resource indication information may indicate a subchannel index of a subchannel allocated to the user equipment in an unlicensed frequency band for transmitting S-SSB (referred to as a subchannel for transmitting S-SSB).
  • the allocation unit 1220 may allocate to each user equipment all or part of the frequency domain resources of the unlicensed frequency band for transmitting S-SSB in the COT obtained by the access unit 1210 (for example, all or part of the obtained COT subchannel used to transmit S-SSB); accordingly, the frequency domain resource indication information of the downlink control information may indicate all or part of the frequency domain resources of the unlicensed frequency band used to transmit S-SSB in the obtained COT ( For example, the subchannel index of all or part of the subchannels used to transmit S-SSB in the obtained COT), which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • the downlink control information generated by the allocation unit 1220 for each user equipment may adopt the form of the downlink control information DCI SL_U previously described in the first embodiment, adopt a partial format of the downlink control information DCI SL_U, or adopt the same format. Similar formats will not be described here.
  • the allocation unit 1220 may be further configured to : Frequency domain resources on the unlicensed frequency band used to transmit the Sidelink synchronization signal S-SSB are pre-configured for each user equipment among multiple user equipments (hereinafter, it may be referred to as the unlicensed frequency band pre-configured by the user equipment when appropriate).
  • Licensed band synchronization channel or further referred to as unlicensed band synchronization channel).
  • the unlicensed frequency band (bandwidth of the channel access processing) used by the access unit 1210 of the electronic device 1200 to perform channel access processing can be is a set of unlicensed frequency band synchronization channels of these user equipments; in other words, the access unit 1210 preferably performs channel access processing on the unlicensed frequency band synchronization channels of each user equipment to obtain the COT on the above-mentioned unlicensed frequency band synchronization channels.
  • Pre-configuring the unlicensed synchronization channel for each user equipment in the plurality of user equipments by the allocating unit 1220 can achieve various benefits. For example, on the one hand, the bandwidth of the access unit 1210 of the electronic device 1200 for channel access processing can be reduced because the bandwidth is based on the unlicensed frequency band synchronization channel of each user equipment and is not all possible for Sidelink communications (including Sidelink synchronization signals). and Sidelink data signals) in the unlicensed frequency band. On the other hand, the energy consumption caused by each user equipment for detecting and receiving the Sidelink synchronization signal can also be reduced, because each user equipment only performs the above detection and reception in the frequency band of its own unlicensed band synchronization channel That’s it.
  • the allocation unit 1220 may, for example, implement the above configuration by generating unlicensed frequency band synchronization channel configuration information and using the communication unit 240 to send the configuration information to the user equipment.
  • the allocation unit 1220 may be further configured to configure an unlicensed resource set (which may also be referred to as an unlicensed resource pool) for direct link communication for the user equipment.
  • the set of unlicensed resources configured by the allocation unit 1220 for the user equipment at least includes a set of frequency domain resources (unlicensed band synchronization channels) on the unlicensed frequency band configured for each user equipment for transmitting the Sidelink synchronization signal S-SSB. .
  • the allocation unit 1220 may, for example, implement the above configuration by generating unlicensed frequency band synchronization channel configuration information or even unlicensed resource pool configuration information and utilizing the communication unit 1230 to send the configuration information to the user equipment.
  • the Sidelink communication configuration information that the allocation unit 1220 can generate for user equipment is not limited to the unlicensed frequency band synchronization channel configuration information or even the unlicensed resource pool configuration information that this embodiment is particularly concerned about, but may include methods similar to existing methods.
  • the generated authorization resource pool configuration information will not be described here.
  • the allocation unit 1220 may add a field as the unauthorized resource pool configuration information to the existing Sidelink communication configuration information for the user equipment.
  • the allocation unit 1220 may add the above-mentioned fields in the system information block SIB for Sidelink communication configuration.
  • the allocation unit 1220 can add the specific content of configuring an unauthorized resource pool for the user equipment in the SIB 12 information element (IE) used for NR Sidelink communication configuration, and can add an element to this part as the user equipment.
  • the configuration information of the unlicensed frequency band synchronization channel is, for example, but is not limited to the frequency domain location (such as sub-channel index, etc.) of the unlicensed frequency band synchronization channel.
  • the electronic device 1200 may utilize the communication unit 1230 to send, for example, configuration information of the unlicensed synchronization channel generated for the user equipment using the allocation unit 1220 to the user equipment through a system information block SIB (eg, SIB 12 message).
  • SIB system information block
  • the frequency domain resources (unlicensed frequency band synchronization channel) configured by the allocation unit 1220 for each user equipment on the unlicensed frequency band for transmitting S-SSB may include a predetermined number N of consecutive resource blocks.
  • the predetermined number N may be an integer multiple of 11, And N can be, for example, 1, 2, 3, etc.
  • the above configuration of the unlicensed frequency band synchronization channel by the allocation unit 1220 is beneficial to transmitting the Sidelink synchronization signal occupying 11 consecutive resource blocks and is compatible with the format of the existing Sidelink synchronization signal.
  • an example structure of the Sidelink synchronization signal may include: Sidelink Primary Synchronization Signals (S-PSS); Sidelink Secondary Synchronization Signals (S-SSS); Physical Direct Link Broadcast Channel ( Physical Sidelink Broadcast Channel (PSBCH), which carries limited synchronization-related information.
  • S-PSS Sidelink Primary Synchronization Signals
  • S-SSS Sidelink Secondary Synchronization Signals
  • PSBCH Physical Direct Link Broadcast Channel
  • the unlicensed frequency band synchronization channel configured by the allocation unit 1220 for the user equipment may include a predetermined number N of continuous channels around the center frequency point of the unlicensed resource pool.
  • Resource block (N can be an integer multiple of 11).
  • the allocation unit 1220 can also be used to generate corresponding configurations for RRC configuration or RRC reconfiguration (RRC Reconfiguration) between the electronic device 1200 and the user equipment. information.
  • RRC configuration or RRC reconfiguration RRC Reconfiguration
  • the electronic device 1200 schedules Sidelink communication for the user device, for example, after the electronic device 1200 sends the above-mentioned SIB 12 information element carrying unauthorized resource pool configuration information and the like to the user device via the communication unit 1230, the electronic device 1200 communicates with the user device RRC reconfiguration can be performed between each other.
  • the user equipment can report Sidelink capabilities to the electronic device 1200 (for example, but not limited to, the user equipment reports the unauthorized resource pool it can currently use), and the allocation unit 1220 of the electronic device 1200 can according to the The reporting further configures specific Sidelink resources for the user equipment, for example, generates further configuration information, and the communication unit 1230 can be used to send the configuration information to the user equipment.
  • Sidelink capabilities for example, but not limited to, the user equipment reports the unauthorized resource pool it can currently use
  • the allocation unit 1220 of the electronic device 1200 can according to the The reporting further configures specific Sidelink resources for the user equipment, for example, generates further configuration information
  • the communication unit 1230 can be used to send the configuration information to the user equipment.
  • the electronic device 1200 uses the allocation unit 1220 to pre-configure frequency domain resources (unlicensed frequency band synchronization channel) on the unlicensed frequency band for transmitting S-SSB for each user equipment, then when using the access After the entry unit 1210 obtains the COT, the electronic device 1200 can then use the allocation unit 1220 to allocate the resources of the unlicensed frequency band in the COT in an appropriate manner, taking into account the unlicensed frequency band synchronization channel preconfigured for each user equipment.
  • the allocation unit 1220 may allocate resources on the unlicensed frequency band for transmitting S-SSB by (1) preconfiguring frequency domain resources on the unlicensed frequency band for transmitting S-SSB for the user equipment ( For example, generate and send the configuration information of the synchronization channel) and (2) allocate resources (time-frequency resources or only time domain resources) on the unlicensed frequency band in the COT in real time after obtaining the COT (for example, generate and send downlink control information to at least indicate the Real-time allocation)
  • preconfiguring frequency domain resources on the unlicensed frequency band for transmitting S-SSB for the user equipment For example, generate and send the configuration information of the synchronization channel
  • resources time-frequency resources or only time domain resources
  • the allocation unit 1220 can only perform real-time allocation of time domain resources on the unlicensed frequency band in the COT (that is, the allocation of frequency domain resources completely complies with the above aspect (2)). 1) instead of further refining the allocation in real time based on the configuration), then the downlink control information DCI generated by the allocation unit 1220 at this time may only indicate the real-time allocation of the time domain resource, and may only include the COT indication. Information will not be repeated here.
  • the electronic device 1200 uses the allocation unit 1220 to allocate resources in the unlicensed frequency band in the COT to allocate resources in the unlicensed frequency band in the COT will be described with reference to specific examples.
  • the electronic device 1200 may use the allocation unit 1220 to configure the same frequency domain resource on the unlicensed frequency band for transmitting the direct link synchronization signal S-SSB for each user equipment in the plurality of user equipments.
  • (unlicensed frequency band synchronization channel) for example, after the access unit 1210 obtains the COT, these user equipments can be allocated different time periods in the COT, that is, the allocation unit 1220 can be used to generate multiple downlink control information for these user equipments respectively.
  • the DCI it indicates the different time periods in the COT allocated to the corresponding user equipment (TDM allocation method).
  • Figure 13 is a schematic diagram for illustrating a first example of a frequency domain resource (unlicensed frequency band synchronization channel) configured by the electronic device 1200 for user equipment for transmitting S-SSB. It shows an example of a TDM allocation method, such as The same unlicensed resource pool is pre-configured for each user equipment SL UE (for example, it can be the user equipment SL UEl, SL UE2, SL UE3 in Figure 11) in an unlicensed resource pool (shown as a light rectangular box in the figure).
  • Frequency band synchronization channel the synchronization channel includes three sub-channels indicated by sub-channel indexes 1 to 3 in the unlicensed resource pool.
  • each sub-channel may be suitable for transmitting one Sidelink synchronization signal S-SSB independently.
  • each sub-channel may include 11 consecutive resource blocks, so that S-SSBs occupying 11 consecutive resource blocks, for example, may be transmitted individually.
  • Each user equipment SL UE can use the unlicensed resource pool S-SSB is transmitted on the three subchannels indicated by subchannel indices 1 to 3 in .
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram for illustrating a first example of resources in the COT allocated by the electronic device 1200 to multiple user equipments. It shows that in an example of the TDM allocation method, when allocating resources in the COT in real time, the electronic device 1200
  • the unlicensed frequency band synchronization channel configuration in Figure 13 can be fully followed, and only different time periods in the COT are allocated to each user equipment in real time, that is, time period 1 is allocated to SL UE1, time period 2 is allocated to SL UE2, and time period 2 is allocated to SL UE2.
  • each of periods 1 to 3 may be suitable for complete transmission of one Sidelink synchronization signal S-SSB.
  • each of periods 1 to 3 may include 1 time slot, so that, for example, one Sidelink synchronization signal S-SSB occupying a plurality of consecutive OFDM symbols in 1 time slot may be completely transmitted.
  • S-SSB Sidelink synchronization signal
  • each user equipment repeatedly transmits its Sidelink synchronization signal S-SSB on the three sub-channels indicated by sub-channel indexes 1 to 3 within a corresponding period in the COT, thereby improving S -The probability of successful SSB transmission and decoding, thereby increasing the probability of successful synchronization.
  • the electronic device 1200 may use the allocation unit 1220 to configure different frequency domain resources (unlicensed frequency band synchronization channels) on the unlicensed frequency band for transmitting the direct link synchronization signal S-SSB for multiple user equipments.
  • these user equipments can be allocated the same time period in the COT, that is, the allocation unit 1220 can be used to indicate the corresponding time period in the multiple downlink control information DCI generated for these user equipments respectively.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram for illustrating a second example of frequency domain resources (unlicensed frequency band synchronization channel) configured by the electronic device 1200 for the user equipment for transmitting S-SSB. It shows an example of the FDM allocation method, such as Different unlicensed frequency band synchronization channels are pre-configured for multiple user equipments SL UE1, SL UE2, and SL UE3 in an unlicensed resource pool. Each synchronization channel includes the corresponding sub-channel index 3 and sub-channel in the unlicensed resource pool. A subchannel indicated by channel index 2 and subchannel index 1. Similar to the example of Figure 13, each sub-channel in Figure 15 may be suitable for transmitting a Sidelink synchronization signal S-SSB individually, and may for example include Includes 11 consecutive resource blocks. .
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram for illustrating a second example of resources in the COT allocated by the electronic device 1200 to multiple user equipments. It shows that in an example of the FDM allocation method, when allocating resources in the COT in real time, the electronic device 1200
  • the unlicensed frequency band synchronization channel configuration in Figure 15 can be completely followed, and only the same time period in the COT is allocated to each user equipment in real time, that is, SL UE1, SL UE2, and SL UE3 are allocated time periods 1 to 3 respectively. Similar to the example of FIG.
  • each of periods 1 to 3 may completely transmit a Sidelink synchronization signal, and may include 1 time slot, for example; in addition, although periods 1 to 3 are shown to be continuous for simplicity of illustration, and jointly occupy the entire COT period, but they may be dispersed and/or jointly occupy part of the COT period.
  • each user equipment repeatedly transmits its Sidelink synchronization signal S-SSB on the sub-channel indicated by the corresponding sub-channel index within three periods in the COT, so that the S-SSB can be improved
  • S-SSB Sidelink synchronization signal
  • the above describes the electronic device 1200 on the base station side according to the second embodiment, which can obtain a COT more easily/faster than a UE serving a single user and allocate resources in the COT to the UE for transmission of an unlicensed frequency band.
  • Sidelink synchronization signal and allows multiple transmitter user equipment to reuse the resources of the unlicensed frequency band used to transmit S-SSB in the COT to transmit S-SSB in the unlicensed frequency band of each user equipment, thereby improving
  • the transmission efficiency of S-SSB in the unlicensed frequency band of each user equipment is beneficial to improving the efficiency of Sidelink communication in the unlicensed frequency band.
  • a base station side device obtains a COT and allocates resources in the COT to multiple user equipments
  • the base station side device of the second embodiment described above can be used. This is achieved through the interaction of the electronic device 1200 with user devices within its coverage.
  • Figures 17 and 18 are respectively flow charts for illustrating the first and second example signaling interactions in which the base station side device obtains the COT and allocates resources in the COT to the user equipment according to the second embodiment.
  • the electronic device 1200 on the base station side is used, for example, for the base station gNB in the example of FIG. 12 , and interacts with the user equipments SL UE1, SL UE3, for example, in the example of FIG. 12 .
  • SL UE4 can each perform various necessary signaling interactions with SL UE4 required for Sidelink communication between the two.
  • SL UE1 can determine the resource pool that it can use for Sidelink communication with SL UE2 via interaction with SL UE4 after receiving the SIB 12 message of gNB (and can determine the resource pool it can use for Sidelink communication with gNB). report to the resource pool during the allocation phase), which will not be described here.
  • the resource pool can be used by SL UE1 for Sidelink communication with SL UE4; therefore, SL UE1 can only communicate with SL UE4 through the unauthorized resource pool.
  • Possibility of Sidelink communication including transmission of Sidelink synchronization signal S-SSB).
  • the base station gNB sends a system message SIB 12 to the user equipment SL UEi.
  • gNB configures multiple unlicensed resource pools for each user equipment SL UE1 and SL UE3, and configures the same unlicensed frequency band synchronization channel for each user equipment in each unlicensed resource pool. For example, the frequency domain resources indicated by subchannel indexes 1 to 3 as shown in Figure 13.
  • step S1702-i RRC reconfiguration is performed between the base station gNB and the user equipment SL UEi, which may include, for example, the user equipment reporting Sidelink capabilities to gNB (for example, but not limited to, the user equipment reporting the unauthorized resources it can currently use). Pool) and gNB further configure specific Sidelink resources for the user equipment based on the report.
  • each user equipment SL UE1 and SL UE3 reports to gNB the same unlicensed resource pool that can currently be used.
  • step S1703-1 the user equipment SL UE1 sends a pair of signals for transmitting the S-SSB to the base station gNB. Request for SSB resources.
  • the base station gNB performs channel access processing on the unlicensed frequency band used to transmit S-SSB (that is, the unlicensed frequency band synchronization channel in the unlicensed resource pool that the user equipment SL UE1 can currently use) in step S1704 to obtain COT, in step S1705-1, generates downlink control information DCI1 for SL UE1 to instruct SL UE1 to allocate resources on the unlicensed frequency band used for transmitting S-SSB in the COT.
  • DCI1 downlink control information
  • SL UE1 specifically instruct SL UE1 Assign period 1 in the COT (eg period 1 in the COT as shown in Figure 14).
  • the base station gNB may send downlink control information DCI1 to the SL UE1 in step S1706-1.
  • the SL UE1 that has received DCI1 may broadcast the synchronization signal S-SSB in period 1 in the COT (on the subchannels indicated by subchannel indexes 1 to 3) in step S1707-1 according to the instruction of DCI1.
  • step S1703-2 the user equipment SL UE3 sends a request for resources used to transmit S-SSB to the base station gNB.
  • the base station gNB still has unallocated and allocable resources on the unlicensed frequency band for transmitting S-SSB in the COT obtained in step S1704, for example, in the period 3 after period 1 in the COT, the resource is allocated by Resources for the subchannels indicated by channel indices 1 to 3.
  • the base station gNB may generate downlink control information DCI3 for the SL UE3 in step S1705-2 to indicate that the period 3 in the COT is allocated to the SL UE3.
  • the base station gNB may send downlink control information DCI3 to the SL UE3 in step S1706-2.
  • the SL UE3 that has received DCI3 may broadcast the synchronization signal S-SSB in period 3 in the COT (on the subchannels indicated by subchannel indexes 1 to 3) in step S1707-2 according to the instruction of DCI3.
  • step S1703-2 of the user equipment SL UE3 sending a request for resources for transmitting S-SSB to the base station gNB and the subsequent steps S1705-2, S1706- are shown in the example of FIG. 17 for the sake of simplicity of illustration. 2 and so on are all performed after step S1701-1 in which the user equipment SL UE1 broadcasts the synchronization signal S-SSB, but the timing of this example is not limited to this.
  • the resource request step S1703-2 of SL UE3 may be performed immediately after the resource request step S1703-1 of SL UE1, or may be performed immediately after step S1704, immediately after step S1705-1, or immediately after step S1706. Performed after -1.
  • steps S1705-2 and S1706-2 there is no particular restriction on the timing of steps S1705-2 and S1706-2, as long as they are performed after the resource request step S1703-2 of SL UE3.
  • the base station gNB sends the system message SIB 12 to the user equipment SL UEi.
  • gNB configures multiple unlicensed resource pools for each user equipment SL UE1 and SL UE3, and configures different unlicensed frequency bands for the user equipments SL UE1 and SL UE3 in each unlicensed resource pool.
  • the synchronization channels are, for example, frequency domain resources indicated by subchannel index 3 and frequency domain resources indicated by subchannel index 1 shown in FIG. 15 respectively.
  • step S1802-i RRC reconfiguration is performed between the base station gNB and the user equipment SL UEi, which may include, for example, the user equipment reporting Sidelink capabilities to gNB (for example, but not limited to, the user equipment reporting the unauthorized resources it can currently use). Pool) and gNB further configure specific Sidelink resources for the user equipment based on the report.
  • each user equipment SL UE1 and SL UE3 reports to gNB the same unlicensed resource pool that can currently be used.
  • step S1803-1 the user equipment SL UE1 sends a signal for transmitting the S-SSB to the base station gNB. Request for SSB resources.
  • the base station gNB in step S1804 requests the unlicensed frequency band used to transmit S-SSB (i.e., the user equipment SL UE1 can currently use
  • the unlicensed frequency band synchronization channel (for each user equipment) in the unlicensed resource pool, such as the frequency domain resources indicated by the sub-channel index 1 to 3 shown in Figure 15) performs channel access processing to obtain the COT, in step In S1805-1, downlink control information DCI1 is generated for SL UE1 to instruct SL UE1 to allocate resources on the unlicensed frequency band used to transmit S-SSB in the COT.
  • SL UE1 specifically instructs SL UE1 to allocate resources in the COT to SL UE1.
  • period 1 to 3 (for example, period 1 to 3 in COT as shown in Figure 16).
  • the base station gNB may send downlink control information DCI1 to the SL UE1 in step S1806-1.
  • the SL UE1 that has received DCI1 may, in step S1807-1, broadcast the synchronization signal S-SSB in periods 1 to 3 of the COT (on the subchannel indicated by subchannel index 3) according to the instruction of DCI1.
  • the user equipment SL UE3 when the user equipment SL UE3 has a need to send or broadcast the Sidelink synchronization signal S-SSB, in step S1803-2, the user equipment SL UE3 sends a request for resources for transmitting the S-SSB to the base station gNB.
  • the base station gNB still has unallocated and allocable resources on the unlicensed frequency band for transmitting S-SSB in the COT obtained in step S1804, such as the resources indicated by sub-channel index 1 in the entire period of the COT. sub-channel resources. Therefore, the base station gNB may generate downlink control information DCI3 for the SL UE3 in step S1805-2 To indicate that SL UE3 is allocated periods 1 to 3 in this COT.
  • the base station gNB may send downlink control information DCI3 to the SL UE3 in step S1806-2.
  • the SL UE3 that has received DCI3 may broadcast synchronization in the period 1 to 3 in the COT (on the subchannel indicated by subchannel index 1) in step S1807-2 concurrent with step S1807-1 according to the instruction of DCI3.
  • Signal S-SSB may be used to send downlink control information DCI3 to the SL UE3 in step S1806-2.
  • the SL UE3 that has received DCI3 may broadcast synchronization in the period 1 to 3 in the COT (on the subchannel indicated by subchannel index 1) in step S1807-2 concurrent with step S1807-1 according to the instruction of DCI3.
  • Signal S-SSB Signal S-SSB.
  • step S1803-2 of the user equipment SL UE3 sending a request for resources for transmitting S-SSB to the base station gNB and the subsequent steps S1805-2, S1806- are shown in the example of FIG. 18 for the sake of simplicity of illustration. 2 and so on are all performed after step S1806-1 in which the base station gNB sends the downlink control information DCI1 to the SL UE1, but the timing of this example is not limited to this.
  • the resource request step S1803-2 of SL UE3 may be performed immediately after the resource request step S1803-1 of SL UE1, or may be performed immediately after step S1804 or immediately after step S1805-1.
  • steps S1805-2 and S1806-2 there is no special restriction on the timing of steps S1805-2 and S1806-2, as long as they are performed after the resource request step S1803-2 of SL UE3.
  • the present disclosure provides the following method embodiments.
  • FIG. 19 is a flowchart showing a process example of the method for wireless communication on the base station side according to the second embodiment.
  • step S1901 perform channel access processing on the unlicensed frequency band used to transmit direct link synchronization signals to obtain the channel occupancy time COT, and allocate the COT in the COT to multiple user equipments. Resources in unlicensed frequency bands for transmitting direct link synchronization signals.
  • the channel access processing in step S1901 may be performed on the base station side in response to a request from the user equipment for resources for transmitting a direct link synchronization signal.
  • the process of allocating resources of the unlicensed frequency band in the COT to multiple user equipments in step S1901 may include: generating downlink control information for each user equipment in the multiple user equipments to indicate Allocation of the resources to the user equipment.
  • the process of allocating resources of the unlicensed frequency band in the COT to multiple user equipments in step S1901 may further include: for example, before performing the channel access process to obtain the COT,
  • Each of the plurality of user devices is preconfigured Configure frequency domain resources on the unlicensed frequency band for transmitting direct link synchronization signals.
  • the configured frequency domain resources may include a predetermined number of consecutive resource blocks, and the predetermined number may be an integer multiple of 11, and may be 1, 2, 3, and so on.
  • the same frequency domain resource may be pre-configured for the plurality of user equipments.
  • different time periods in the COT allocated to the corresponding user equipment may be indicated in a plurality of downlink control information respectively generated for the plurality of user equipments.
  • different frequency domain resources may be pre-configured for the plurality of user equipments.
  • the same time period in the COT allocated to the corresponding user equipment is indicated.
  • the subject that performs the above method may be an electronic device on the base station side according to the second embodiment of the present disclosure. Therefore, all the embodiments mentioned above regarding the electronic device on the base station side of the second embodiment are applicable to This will not be repeated here.
  • a single user equipment transmits the Sidelink synchronization signal of the unlicensed frequency band in a manner in which the Sidelink synchronization signal and the Sidelink data signal on the unlicensed frequency band multiplex time-frequency resources.
  • the third embodiment there are provided devices (such as user equipment) and methods for the Sidelink communication sender and devices (such as user equipment) and methods for the Sidelink communication receiver, which can use a predefined time-frequency resource.
  • the format jointly transmits Sidelink synchronization signals and Sidelink data signals on the unlicensed frequency band, thereby improving the transmission efficiency of Sidelink synchronization signals.
  • 20 is a block diagram showing a configuration example of the electronic device according to the third embodiment, which can be applied to the transmitting side/transmitting end of Sidelink communication and can also be applied to the receiving side/receiving end of Sidelink communication.
  • the electronic device 2000 may include a communication unit 2100 and an optional control unit 2200 .
  • the communication unit 2100 (eg, under the control of the optional control unit 2200 ) sends information to and/or receives information from devices other than the electronic device 2000 .
  • the electronic device 2000 may also include a storage unit. Yuan.
  • each unit of the electronic device 2000 may be included in the processing circuit.
  • the electronic device 2000 may include one processing circuit or multiple processing circuits.
  • the processing circuitry may include various discrete functional units to perform various different functions and/or operations. It should be noted that these functional units may be physical entities or logical entities, and units with different names may be implemented by the same physical entity.
  • the communication unit 2100 of the electronic device 2000 (or simply referred to as the sending end UE) of the Sidelink communication sending end may (for example, under the control of the optional control unit 2200) use a predefined time-frequency resource format,
  • the synchronization signal and the data signal of the direct link on the unlicensed frequency band are jointly transmitted, where the time-frequency resource format may include multiple sub-channels on one time slot.
  • the communication unit 2100 of the electronic device 2000 may (for example, under the control of the optional control unit 2200) receive the combined time-frequency resource format in a predefined
  • the synchronization signal and data signal of the direct link on the unlicensed frequency band are sent, where the time-frequency resource format may include multiple sub-channels on one time slot.
  • the Sidelink synchronization signal may include Sidelink primary synchronization signal S-PSS, Sidelink secondary synchronization signal S-SSS, and physical direct link broadcast channel PSBCH.
  • the Sidelink data signal may include a Physical Sidelink Share Channel (PSSCH) as an example of control information and a Physical Sidelink Share Channel (PSSCH) as an example of data information, where
  • the PSSCH as an example of control information may include, for example, sidelink control information (SCI).
  • SCI may include, for example, the information required by the receiving end to correctly demodulate or detect the PSSCH as an example of data information.
  • the Sidelink synchronization signal may use, for example, the earliest possible symbol in one time slot.
  • the Sidelink synchronization signal may preferably use a subchannel with a lower subchannel index among multiple subchannels.
  • the control information in the Sidelink data signal can be used, for example, as early as possible in one time slot. symbol.
  • the control information may preferably use a subchannel with a lower subchannel index among multiple subchannels.
  • the sending end UE and the receiving end UE can obtain the above-mentioned predefined time-frequency resource format in various appropriate ways (for example, using a control unit).
  • the predefined time-frequency resource format may be written to a not-shown storage unit of the UE when shipped from the factory, hardwired to the UE, or otherwise pre-stored to a not-shown storage unit of the UE. And obtained by the control unit.
  • the predefined time-frequency resource format may be received by the communication unit from a base station side device capable of serving the UE and acquired by the control unit.
  • the electronic device 2000 at the sending end can use the communication unit 2100 under the control of the control unit 2200 to send the Sidelink synchronization signal and Sidelink synchronization signal on the unlicensed frequency band at the corresponding time-frequency location according to the predefined time-frequency resource format. data signal.
  • the sending end UE may scramble the Sidelink synchronization signal sent by the sending end UE using a scrambling sequence including the identifier ID of the sending end UE.
  • the electronic device 2000 (receiving end UE) at the receiving end can, for example, use the communication unit 2100 under the control of the control unit 2200 to receive Sidelink synchronization on the unlicensed frequency band at the corresponding time-frequency location according to the predefined time-frequency resource format. signals and Sidelink data signals.
  • the receiving end UE may cache the jointly transmitted Sidelink synchronization signal and Sidelink data signal, for example, using a storage unit not shown, and process the Sidelink data signal therein only after successful synchronization, for example.
  • the receiving UE can achieve synchronization with the sending UE by receiving a Sidelink synchronization signal on an unlicensed frequency band at a corresponding time-frequency location, decoding the synchronization signal, and performing a synchronization process based on the decoded synchronization signal.
  • the specific synchronization process after obtaining the Sidelink synchronization signal can adopt any appropriate method (such as various existing synchronization methods), and will not be described again here.
  • the receiving end UE may use the communication unit under the control of the control unit to obtain the ID of the sending end UE according to the scrambling sequence of the received Sidelink synchronization signal. If the receiving end UE, for example, uses the control unit to determine based on the ID of the sending end UE that it is the first time to perform Sidelink communication with the sending end UE (or has not yet established synchronization with the sending end UE), the receiving end UE may, for example, continue to use the not shown
  • the storage unit caches the Sidelink data signal sent jointly with the Sidelink synchronization signal, and waits for the establishment of synchronization before performing subsequent processing (such as decoding processing, etc.) of the Sidelink data signal.
  • the receiving end UE based on the received scrambling sequence of the Sidelink synchronization signal If it is judged that this is not the first time, but that the Sidelink communication with the sending UE is continuing (or synchronization has been established with the sending UE), the receiving UE does not need to continue to decode the information of the Sidelink synchronization signal, nor does it need to perform the synchronization process again. , but only the Sidelink data signal can be processed (such as decoding processing, etc.), which is beneficial to simplifying the processing and reducing the processing load.
  • the specific time-frequency positions of the Sidelink synchronization signal and Sidelink data signal transmitted in the unlicensed frequency band can be based on the predefined time-frequency resource format, optionally combined with scheduling from the base station side (the sending end UE works in the Sidelink resource allocation mode 1 (in the case of mode 1) or based on the results of resource sensing and resource selection (when the sending end UE works in Sidelink resource allocation mode 2 (mode 2)), it can be used between the sending end UE and the receiving end UE.
  • the time and frequency resources of the Sidelink transmission are appropriately determined.
  • This embodiment does not limit the Sidelink resource allocation mode of the sending end UE, and in order to avoid blurring the focus of this disclosure, the specific resource allocation mode and related signaling interactions between the sending end UE and the receiving end UE are omitted in the above description. details.
  • the electronic device of this embodiment can transmit the Sidelink synchronization signal in the unlicensed frequency band in a manner in which the Sidelink synchronization signal and the Sidelink data signal in the unlicensed frequency band multiplex time-frequency resources according to the predefined time-frequency resource format, thereby Improved the transmission efficiency of Sidelink synchronization signals.
  • the Sidelink synchronization signal cannot be sent periodically as in the licensed frequency band, which means that the probability of establishing synchronization becomes lower and the delay increases.
  • the above-mentioned predefined time-frequency resource format is used to jointly transmit the Sidelink synchronization signal and the data signal.
  • the frequency band for transmitting the Sidelink synchronization signal there are no special requirements for the frequency band for transmitting the Sidelink synchronization signal, and for example, the frequency band that can transmit the Sidelink data signal can also be used. Transmitting the Sidelink synchronization signal can increase the probability and/or frequency of transmitting the Sidelink synchronization channel, thereby increasing the probability of establishing synchronization between the sending end and the receiving end and reducing the delay in establishing synchronization.
  • FIGS. 21 to 23 are used to illustrate the format that can be used in the third embodiment.
  • Schematic diagram of first to third examples of predefined time-frequency resource formats, in which the Sidelink synchronization signal S-SSB including S-PSS, S-SSS and PSBCH and the PSSCH including control information and data information PSSCH are shown as examples Predefined time-frequency resource formats for Sidelink data signals.
  • the horizontal direction represents the time domain direction (the direction from left to right represents the sequence in the time domain) and the vertical direction represents the frequency domain direction (the direction from bottom to top represents the frequency domain direction).
  • sub-channel index on the domain from low to high is shown in each figure resources of multiple sub-channels on one time slot (14 OFDM symbols).
  • the automatic gain control AGC occupies the resources of the first symbol in a time slot
  • the optional protection symbol GUARD occupies the resources of the 14th symbol
  • the Sidelink synchronization signal S-SSB and the Sidelink data signal share the remaining resources. Resources on symbols.
  • Figure 21 shows a first example of a predefined time-frequency resource format, in which, for example, the synchronization signal S-SSB including S-PSS, S-SSS and PSBCH can be combined with a data signal including, for example, the control information PSSCH and the data signal PSSCH.
  • symbols occupied by the synchronization signal S-SSB may be located before symbols occupied by the data signal.
  • Such an example format is, for example, helpful for the receiving end to quickly obtain the synchronization signal and perform synchronization processing in advance.
  • the synchronization signal S-SSB can occupy the first three consecutive symbols (for example, after the automatic gain control AGC). These three symbols can, for example, be occupied by S-PSS, S-SSS and PSBCH in sequence. occupied.
  • the data signal may, for example, occupy the following 9 consecutive symbols.
  • the control information PSSCH and data information PSSCH multiplex the frequency domain resources of multiple sub-channels, and the control information PSSCH can occupy the sub-channel with the lowest index among the multiple sub-channels; in these 9
  • the data information PSSCH can occupy all sub-channels in multiple sub-channels.
  • synchronization signal S-SSB including, for example, S-PSS, S-SSS and PSBCH may be combined with, for example, control information PSSCH.
  • the data signal of PSSCH and data information multiplexes the frequency domain resources of multiple sub-channels.
  • the synchronization signal S-SSB can multiplex the frequencies of multiple sub-channels with the control information PSSCH in the data signal.
  • domain resources, and the control information PSSCH can occupy the subchannel with the lowest index among multiple subchannels.
  • Such an example format is, for example, helpful for the receiving end to quickly obtain the synchronization signal and perform synchronization processing in advance, and to quickly obtain the control information in the data signal and perform early processing of the data signal.
  • the synchronization signal S-SSB can multiplex the frequencies of multiple sub-channels together with the control information PSSCH.
  • domain resources, and the control information PSSCH can occupy the subchannel with the lowest index, and the remaining subchannels (subchannels with the second lowest index and higher index among multiple subchannels)
  • the above three symbols on the channel) may be occupied by S-PSS, S-SSS and PSBCH in sequence, for example.
  • the data information PSSCH may occupy all the time-frequency resources of the subsequent 9 consecutive symbols.
  • the synchronization signal S-SSB can multiplex the frequency domain resources of multiple sub-channels together with the control information PSSCH and data information PSBCH in the data signal, and the synchronization signal S-SSB can occupy The subchannel with the lowest index among multiple subchannels.
  • the synchronization signal S-SSB preferably occupies a predetermined number N of consecutive resource blocks in the sub-channel with the lowest index.
  • Such an example format is, for example, beneficial to transmitting a Sidelink synchronization signal occupying 11 consecutive resource blocks and being compatible with existing Sidelink synchronization signal formats.
  • the synchronization signal S- SSB in all symbols except symbols that cannot be used by synchronization signals and data signals (for example, consecutive symbols between automatic gain control AGC and guard symbols), can multiplex the frequency domain resources of multiple sub-channels with the data signal, and the synchronization signal S-SSB can occupy the sub-channel with the lowest index, and for example, can include 2 symbols of S-PSS, 2 symbols of S-SSS in sequence and 8-symbol PSBCH.
  • the control information PSSCH and data information PSBCH can multiplex the frequency domain resources of these sub-channels, and the control information PSSCH can occupy the sub-channel with the lowest index among these sub-channels (that is, occupy the sub-channel with the second lowest index among all multiple sub-channels).
  • the data information PSBCH can use all frequency domain resources in these sub-channels (that is, occupy the sub-channels with the second lowest index and higher index among all multiple sub-channels).
  • FIGS. 21 to 23 illustrate as examples how the respective parts of the synchronization signal S-PSS, S-SSS and PSBCH and the respective parts of the data signal PSSCH and PSSCH pair resources in the predefined time-frequency resource format, Usage methods, but these specific usage methods are only examples and do not constitute a limitation to this embodiment; this embodiment can use various parts of the synchronization signal and various parts of the data signal to use resources in other ways, which will not be described again here.
  • the optional guard symbol GUARD is shown in the examples of the predefined time-frequency resource formats of FIGS. 21 to 23 , the guard symbol GUARD may alternatively be omitted, and
  • the resource of the 14th symbol is occupied by the data information PSSCH (a modification of the example in Figures 21 and 22) or is occupied by the data information PSSCH and the synchronization signal S-SSB (such as the PDBCH among them) in a frequency division multiplexing manner.
  • the resource of the 14th symbol (modification of the example in FIGS. 21 and 22 ).
  • the present disclosure provides the following method embodiments.
  • 24 and 25 are flowcharts illustrating a process example of the method for wireless communication at the transmitting end and the receiving end according to the third embodiment, respectively.
  • step S2401 the synchronization signal and the data signal of the direct link on the unlicensed frequency band are jointly sent in a predefined time-frequency resource format, where the time-frequency
  • the resource format includes multiple sub-channels on a time slot.
  • step S2501 the synchronization signal and data for direct link communication on the unlicensed frequency band are received jointly in a predefined time-frequency resource format.
  • the time-frequency resource format includes multiple sub-channels on one time slot.
  • the synchronization signal may multiplex the time domain resource of one time slot with the data signal.
  • the symbols occupied by the synchronization signal may be located before the symbols occupied by the data signals.
  • the synchronization signal may multiplex frequency domain resources of multiple sub-channels with the data signal.
  • the synchronization signal can multiplex the frequency domain resources of multiple sub-channels together with the control information and data information in the data signal, and the synchronization signal can occupy multiple sub-channels.
  • the synchronization signal may occupy a predetermined number of consecutive resource blocks in the subchannel with the lowest index, and the predetermined number may be an integer multiple of 11.
  • the synchronization signal may multiplex frequency domain resources of multiple sub-channels with the control information in the data signal, and the control information may occupy the sub-channel with the lowest index.
  • performing the example method of FIG. 24 and the example method of FIG. 25 The subject may be an electronic device at the sending end and an electronic device at the receiving end according to the third embodiment of the present disclosure. Therefore, all the previous embodiments of the electronic device of the third embodiment are applicable here and will not be repeated here.
  • the technology of the present disclosure can be applied to a variety of products.
  • the electronic device 200 of the first embodiment and the electronic device 1200 of the second embodiment may be implemented on the base station side.
  • the electronic device may be implemented as any type of base station equipment, such as macro eNB and small eNB, and may also be implemented as any type of gNB (base station in the 5G system).
  • a small eNB may be an eNB covering a smaller cell than a macro cell, such as a pico eNB, a micro eNB, and a home (femto) eNB.
  • the base station equipment may be implemented as any other type of base station, such as NodeB and Base Transceiver Station (BTS).
  • the base station may include: a main body (also referred to as a base station device) configured to control wireless communications; and one or more remote radio heads (RRH) disposed at a different place from the main body.
  • RRH remote radio heads
  • the electronic equipment on the base station side can also be implemented as any type of TRP.
  • the TRP can have sending and receiving functions, for example, it can receive information from user equipment and base station equipment, and can also send information to user equipment and base station equipment.
  • TRP can provide services to user equipment and is controlled by base station equipment.
  • the TRP may have a similar structure to that of the base station equipment, or may only have the structure related to sending and receiving information in the base station equipment.
  • the electronic device 500 of the first embodiment and the electronic device 2000 of the third embodiment may be implemented on the terminal side.
  • the electronic device may be various user devices, which may be implemented as a mobile terminal (such as a smartphone, a tablet personal computer (PC), a notebook PC, a portable game terminal , portable/dongle-type mobile routers and digital camera devices) or vehicle-mounted terminals (such as car navigation equipment).
  • the user equipment may also be implemented as a terminal performing machine-to-machine (M2M) communication (also known as a machine type communication (MTC) terminal).
  • M2M machine-to-machine
  • MTC machine type communication
  • the user equipment may be a wireless communication module (such as an integrated circuit module including a single die) installed on each of the above-mentioned user equipments.
  • eNB 1800 includes one or more antennas 1810 and base station equipment 1820.
  • the base station device 1820 and each antenna 1810 may be connected to each other via an RF cable.
  • Antennas 1810 each include a single or multiple antenna elements, such as multiple antenna elements included in a multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) antenna, and are used by base station device 1820 to transmit and receive wireless signals.
  • eNB 1800 may include multiple antennas 1810.
  • multiple antennas 1810 may be compatible with multiple frequency bands used by eNB 1800.
  • FIG. 26 shows an example in which eNB 1800 includes multiple antennas 1810, eNB 1800 may also include a single antenna 1810.
  • the base station device 1820 includes a controller 1821, a memory 1822, a network interface 1823, and a wireless communication interface 1825.
  • the controller 1821 may be, for example, a CPU or a DSP, and operates various functions of higher layers of the base station device 1820 . For example, the controller 1821 generates data packets based on the data in the signal processed by the wireless communication interface 1825 and delivers the generated packets via the network interface 1823 . The controller 1821 may bundle data from multiple baseband processors to generate bundled packets, and deliver the generated bundled packets. The controller 1821 may have logical functions to perform controls such as radio resource control, radio bearer control, mobility management, admission control, and scheduling. This control can be performed in conjunction with nearby eNBs or core network nodes.
  • the memory 1822 includes RAM and ROM, and stores programs executed by the controller 1821 and various types of control data such as terminal lists, transmission power data, and scheduling data.
  • the network interface 1823 is a communication interface used to connect the base station device 1820 to the core network 1824. Controller 1821 may communicate with core network nodes or additional eNBs via network interface 1823. In this case, the eNB 1800 and the core network node or other eNBs may be connected to each other through logical interfaces such as the S1 interface and the X2 interface.
  • the network interface 1823 may also be a wired communication interface or a wireless communication interface for a wireless backhaul line. If network interface 1823 is a wireless communication interface, network interface 1823 may use a higher frequency band for wireless communication than the frequency band used by wireless communication interface 1825.
  • the wireless communication interface 1825 supports any cellular communication scheme, such as Long Term Evolution (LTE) and LTE-Advanced, and provides wireless connectivity to terminals located in the cell of the eNB 1800 via the antenna 1810 .
  • Wireless communication interface 1825 may generally include, for example, a baseband (BB) processor 1826 and RF circuitry 1827.
  • the BB processor 1826 may perform, for example, encoding/decoding, modulation/demodulation, and multiplexing/demultiplexing, and perform layers such as L1, Medium Access Control (MAC), Various types of signal processing for Radio Link Control (RLC) and Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP).
  • the BB processor 1826 may have some or all of the above-mentioned logical functions.
  • the BB processor 1826 may be a memory that stores a communication control program, or a module including a processor and related circuitry configured to execute the program.
  • the update program can cause the functionality of the BB processor 1826 to change.
  • the module may be a card or blade that plugs into a slot in the base station device 1820. Alternatively, the module may be a chip mounted on a card or blade.
  • the RF circuit 1827 may include, for example, a mixer, filter, and amplifier, and transmit and receive wireless signals via the antenna 1810.
  • the wireless communication interface 1825 may include multiple BB processors 1826.
  • multiple BB processors 1826 may be compatible with multiple frequency bands used by eNB 1800.
  • wireless communication interface 1825 may include a plurality of RF circuits 1827.
  • multiple RF circuits 1827 may be compatible with multiple antenna elements.
  • FIG. 26 shows an example in which the wireless communication interface 1825 includes multiple BB processors 1826 and multiple RF circuits 1827, the wireless communication interface 1825 may also include a single BB processor 1826 or a single RF circuit 1827.
  • the functions of the access unit 210, the generation unit 220 and the configuration unit 230 in the electronic device 200 of the first embodiment previously described with reference to FIG. 2 can be configured through the controller 1821 (and optionally Some modules in the wireless communication interface 1825) are implemented.
  • the functions of the access unit 1210 and the distribution unit 1220 in the electronic device 1200 of the second embodiment described with reference to FIG. 12 can also be implemented by the controller 1821 (and optionally some modules in the wireless communication interface 1825).
  • the controller 1821 can implement the functions of the corresponding units or at least part of the functions by executing instructions stored in the memory 1822. .
  • the communication units in the electronic device 200 and the electronic device 1200 may each be implemented through a wireless communication interface 1825 (for example, under the control of the controller 1821) or the like.
  • not-shown storage units in the electronic devices 200 and 1200 may each be implemented by the memory 1822.
  • eNB 1930 includes one or more antennas 1940, base station equipment 1950, and RRH 1960.
  • RRH 1960 and each antenna 1940 may be connected to each other via RF cables.
  • the base station equipment 1950 and the RRH 1960 may be connected to each other via high-speed lines such as fiber optic cables.
  • Antennas 1940 each include single or multiple antenna elements (such as multiple antenna elements included in a MIMO antenna) and are used by RRH 1960 to transmit and receive wireless signals.
  • eNB 1930 may include multiple antennas 1940.
  • multiple antennas 1940 may be compatible with multiple frequency bands used by eNB 1930.
  • FIG. 27 shows an example in which eNB 1930 includes multiple antennas 1940, eNB 1930 may also include a single antenna 1940.
  • the base station device 1950 includes a controller 1951, a memory 1952, a network interface 1953, a wireless communication interface 1955, and a connection interface 1957.
  • the controller 1951, the memory 1952, and the network interface 1953 are the same as the controller 1821, the memory 1822, and the network interface 1823 described with reference to FIG. 26 .
  • the wireless communication interface 1955 supports any cellular communication scheme (such as LTE and LTE-Advanced) and provides wireless communication via the RRH 1960 and the antenna 1940 to terminals located in the sector corresponding to the RRH 1960.
  • the wireless communication interface 1955 may generally include a BB processor 1956, for example.
  • the BB processor 1956 is the same as the BB processor 1826 described with reference to FIG. 26, except that the BB processor 1956 is connected to the RF circuit 1964 of the RRH 1960 via the connection interface 1957.
  • the wireless communication interface 1955 may include multiple BB processors 1956.
  • multiple BB processors 1956 may be compatible with multiple frequency bands used by eNB 1930.
  • FIG. 27 shows an example in which the wireless communication interface 1955 includes multiple BB processors 1956, the wireless communication interface 1955 may also include a single BB processor 1956.
  • connection interface 1957 is an interface for connecting the base station device 1950 (wireless communication interface 1955) to the RRH 1960.
  • the connection interface 1957 may also be a communication module used to connect the base station device 1950 (wireless communication interface 1955) to the communication in the above-mentioned high-speed line of the RRH 1960.
  • RRH 1960 includes a connection interface 1961 and a wireless communication interface 1963.
  • connection interface 1961 is an interface for connecting the RRH 1960 (wireless communication interface 1963) to the base station device 1950.
  • the connection interface 1961 may also be a communication module used for communication in the above-mentioned high-speed line.
  • Wireless communication interface 1963 transmits and receives wireless signals via antenna 1940.
  • Wireless communication interface 1963 may generally include RF circuitry 1964, for example.
  • RF circuitry 1964 may include, for example, mixers, filters, and amplifiers, and transmit and receive wireless signals via antenna 1940 .
  • wireless communication interface 1963 may include a plurality of RF circuits 1964.
  • Multiple RF circuits 1964 can support multiple antenna elements.
  • FIG. 27 shows an example in which the wireless communication interface 1963 includes a plurality of RF circuits 1964, the wireless communication interface 1963 may also include a single RF circuit 1964.
  • the functions of the access unit 210, the generation unit 220 and the configuration unit 230 in the electronic device 200 of the first embodiment previously described with reference to Figure 2 can be configured through the controller 1951 (and optionally Wireless communication interface 1955, some modules of wireless communication interface 1963) are implemented.
  • the functions of the access unit 1210 and the distribution unit 1220 in the electronic device 1200 of the second embodiment described with reference to FIG. ) accomplish.
  • the controller 1951 can implement the functions of the corresponding units or at least part of the functions by executing instructions stored in the memory 1952.
  • the communication units in the electronic device 200 and the electronic device 1200 may each be implemented, for example, through a wireless communication interface 1955, a wireless communication interface 1963, or the like (for example, under the control of the controller 1951).
  • not-shown storage units in the electronic devices 200 and 1200 may each be implemented by the memory 1952.
  • the second configuration example of the first embodiment described previously with reference to FIG. 3 and the communication unit in the electronic device 300 of the second embodiment may be implemented, for example, through the wireless communication interface 1963 and the optional antenna 1940.
  • the functions of the control unit in the electronic device 300 can be implemented by the controller 1951.
  • the controller 1951 may implement the functions of the control unit by executing instructions stored in the memory 1952.
  • the storage unit in the electronic device 300 may be implemented by the memory 1952. [Application examples regarding user equipment]
  • the smart phone 2800 includes a processor 2001, a memory 2002, a storage device 2003, an external connection interface 2004, a camera 2006, a sensor 2007, a microphone 2008, an input device 2009, a display device 2010, a speaker 2011, a wireless communication interface 2012, one or more Antenna switch 2015, one or more antennas 2016, bus 2017, battery 2018, and auxiliary controller 2019.
  • the processor 2001 may be, for example, a CPU or a system on a chip (SoC), and controls functions of the application layer and other layers of the smartphone 2800 .
  • the memory 2002 includes RAM and ROM, and stores data and programs executed by the processor 2001.
  • the storage device 2003 may include storage media such as semiconductor memory and hard disk.
  • the external connection interface 2004 is used to connect external devices (such as memory cards and Universal Serial Bus (USB) devices) are connected to the interface of the smartphone 2800 .
  • the camera 2006 includes an image sensor such as a charge coupled device (CCD) and a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS) and generates a captured image.
  • Sensors 2007 may include a group of sensors such as measurement sensors, gyroscope sensors, geomagnetic sensors, and acceleration sensors.
  • the microphone 2008 converts the sound input to the smartphone 2800 into an audio signal.
  • the input device 2009 includes, for example, a touch sensor, a keypad, a keyboard, a button, or a switch configured to detect a touch on the screen of the display device 2010, and receives an operation or information input from a user.
  • the display device 2010 includes a screen such as a liquid crystal display (LCD) and an organic light emitting diode (OLED) display, and displays an output image of the smartphone 2800 .
  • the speaker 2011 converts the audio signal output from the smartphone 2800 into sound.
  • the wireless communication interface 2012 supports any cellular communication scheme such as LTE and LTE-Advanced, and performs wireless communication.
  • the wireless communication interface 2012 may generally include a BB processor 2013 and an RF circuit 2014, for example.
  • the BB processor 2013 can perform, for example, encoding/decoding, modulation/demodulation, and multiplexing/demultiplexing, and perform various types of signal processing for wireless communication.
  • the RF circuit 2014 may include, for example, a mixer, filter, and amplifier, and transmit and receive wireless signals via the antenna 2016.
  • the wireless communication interface 2012 may be a chip module on which the BB processor 2013 and the RF circuit 2014 are integrated. As shown in Figure 28, the wireless communication interface 2012 may include multiple BB processors 2013 and multiple RF circuits 2014.
  • FIG. 28 shows an example in which the wireless communication interface 2012 includes a plurality of BB processors 2013 and a plurality of RF circuits 2014, the wireless communication interface 2012 may also include a single BB processor 2013 or a single RF circuit 2014.
  • the wireless communication interface 2012 may support other types of wireless communication schemes, such as short-range wireless communication schemes, near field communication schemes, and wireless local area network (LAN) schemes.
  • the wireless communication interface 2012 may include a BB processor 2013 and an RF circuit 2014 for each wireless communication scheme.
  • Each of the antenna switches 2015 switches the connection destination of the antenna 916 between a plurality of circuits included in the wireless communication interface 2012 (for example, circuits for different wireless communication schemes).
  • Each of the antennas 2016 includes a single or multiple antenna elements (such as multiple antenna elements included in a MIMO antenna) and is used by the wireless communication interface 2012 to transmit and receive Receive wireless signal.
  • smartphone 2800 may include multiple antennas 2016.
  • FIG. 28 shows an example in which smartphone 2800 includes multiple antennas 2016, smartphone 2800 may also include a single antenna 2016.
  • smartphone 2800 may include antennas 2016 for each wireless communication scheme.
  • the antenna switch 2015 may be omitted from the configuration of the smartphone 2800.
  • the bus 2017 connects the processor 2001, the memory 2002, the storage device 2003, the external connection interface 2004, the camera 2006, the sensor 2007, the microphone 2008, the input device 2009, the display device 2010, the speaker 2011, the wireless communication interface 2012 and the auxiliary controller 2019 to each other. connect.
  • the battery 2018 provides power to the various blocks of the smartphone 2800 shown in Figure 28 via feeders, which are partially shown in the figure as dashed lines.
  • the auxiliary controller 2019 operates the minimum necessary functions of the smartphone 2800 in the sleep mode, for example.
  • the functions of the control unit in the electronic device 500 of the first embodiment previously described with reference to FIG. 5 and the electronic device 2000 of the third embodiment described with reference to FIG. 20 may each be a processor. 2001 or auxiliary controller 2019 implementation.
  • the processor 2001 or the auxiliary controller 2019
  • the communication units in the electronic device 500 and the electronic device 2000 may each be implemented through the wireless communication interface 2012 (eg under the control of the processor 2001 or the auxiliary controller 2019) or the like.
  • a not-shown storage unit in the electronic device 500 and the electronic device 2000 may be implemented by the memory 2002 or the storage device 2003 .
  • the car navigation device 2120 includes a processor 2121, a memory 2122, a global positioning system (GPS) module 2124, a sensor 2125, a data interface 2126, a content player 2127, a storage media interface 2128, an input device 2129, a display device 2130, a speaker 2131, a wireless Communication interface 2133, one or more antenna switches 2136, one or more antennas 2137, and battery 2138.
  • GPS global positioning system
  • the processor 2121 may be, for example, a CPU or an SoC, and controls the navigation function and other functions of the car navigation device 2120.
  • the memory 2122 includes RAM and ROM, and stores data and programs executed by the processor 2121.
  • the GPS module 2124 uses GPS signals received from GPS satellites to measure the The location of the device 2120 (such as latitude, longitude, and altitude).
  • Sensors 2125 may include a group of sensors such as gyroscope sensors, geomagnetic sensors, and air pressure sensors.
  • the data interface 2126 is connected to, for example, the vehicle-mounted network 2141 via a terminal not shown, and acquires data generated by the vehicle (such as vehicle speed data).
  • the content player 2127 reproduces content stored in storage media, such as CDs and DVDs, which are inserted into the storage media interface 2128 .
  • the input device 2129 includes, for example, a touch sensor, a button, or a switch configured to detect a touch on the screen of the display device 2130, and receives an operation or information input from a user.
  • the display device 2130 includes a screen such as an LCD or an OLED display, and displays an image of a navigation function or reproduced content.
  • the speaker 2131 outputs the sound of the navigation function or the reproduced content.
  • the wireless communication interface 2133 supports any cellular communication scheme such as LTE and LTE-Advanced, and performs wireless communication.
  • Wireless communication interface 2133 may generally include, for example, BB processor 2134 and RF circuitry 2135.
  • the BB processor 2134 can perform, for example, encoding/decoding, modulation/demodulation, and multiplexing/demultiplexing, and perform various types of signal processing for wireless communication.
  • the RF circuit 2135 may include, for example, a mixer, filter, and amplifier, and transmit and receive wireless signals via the antenna 2137.
  • the wireless communication interface 2133 may also be a chip module on which the BB processor 2134 and the RF circuit 2135 are integrated. As shown in FIG.
  • the wireless communication interface 2133 may include a plurality of BB processors 2134 and a plurality of RF circuits 2135.
  • FIG. 29 shows an example in which the wireless communication interface 2133 includes a plurality of BB processors 2134 and a plurality of RF circuits 2135, the wireless communication interface 2133 may also include a single BB processor 2134 or a single RF circuit 2135.
  • the wireless communication interface 2133 may support other types of wireless communication schemes, such as short-range wireless communication schemes, near field communication schemes, and wireless LAN schemes.
  • the wireless communication interface 2133 may include a BB processor 2134 and an RF circuit 2135 for each wireless communication scheme.
  • Each of the antenna switches 2136 switches the connection destination of the antenna 2137 between a plurality of circuits included in the wireless communication interface 2133, such as circuits for different wireless communication schemes.
  • Antennas 2137 each include a single or multiple antenna elements (such as multiple antenna elements included in a MIMO antenna), and are used by wireless communication interface 2133 to transmit and receive wireless signals.
  • the car navigation device 2120 may include a plurality of antennas 2137.
  • FIG. 29 shows an example in which the car navigation device 2120 includes a plurality of antennas 2137, the car navigation device 2120 may also include a single antenna 2137.
  • the car navigation device 2120 may include an antenna 2137 for each wireless communication scheme.
  • the antenna switch 2136 may be omitted from the configuration of the car navigation device 2120.
  • the battery 2138 provides power to the various blocks of the car navigation device 2120 shown in FIG. 29 via feeders, which are partially shown as dotted lines in the figure. Battery 2138 accumulates power provided from the vehicle.
  • the functions of the control unit in the electronic device 500 of the first embodiment previously described with reference to FIG. 5 and the electronic device 2000 of the third embodiment described with reference to FIG. 20 may be processed separately.
  • the processor 2121 may implement the functions of the control unit by executing instructions stored in the memory 2122.
  • the communication units in the electronic device 500 and the electronic device 2000 may each be implemented through a wireless communication interface 2133 (for example, under the control of the processor 2121) or the like.
  • a not-shown storage unit in the electronic device 500 and the electronic device 2000 may be implemented by the memory 2122 .
  • the technology of the present disclosure may also be implemented as an in-vehicle system (or vehicle) 2140 including a car navigation device 2120 , an in-vehicle network 2141 , and one or more blocks of a vehicle module 2142 .
  • vehicle module 2142 generates vehicle data such as vehicle speed, engine speed, and fault information, and outputs the generated data to the in-vehicle network 2141 .
  • the units shown in dotted boxes in the functional block diagrams shown in the accompanying drawings all indicate that the functional units are optional in the corresponding devices, and each optional functional unit can be combined in an appropriate manner to achieve the required functions. .
  • a plurality of functions included in one unit in the above embodiments may be implemented by separate devices.
  • multiple functions implemented by multiple units in the above embodiments may be implemented by separate devices respectively.
  • one of the above functions may be implemented by multiple units. Needless to say, such a configuration is included in the technical scope of the present disclosure.
  • steps described in the flowchart include not only processing performed in time series in the order stated, but also processes performed in parallel or individually and not necessarily in time series. processing. Furthermore, even in steps processed in time series, it goes without saying that the order can be appropriately changed.
  • the first embodiment of the present disclosure may have a configuration as described below.
  • An electronic device on the base station side including:
  • processing circuit configured as:
  • Downlink control information is generated to indicate that the COT is allocated to the user equipment for direct link communication.
  • the downlink control information includes: COT indication information indicating the period of the COT allocated to the user equipment.
  • the downlink control information further includes: access type information indicating the type of channel access processing.
  • the downlink control information further includes: frequency domain resource indication information indicating frequency domain resources of the unlicensed frequency band allocated to the user equipment.
  • each resource allocation field includes the COT indication information for the corresponding COT, the interface input type information and the frequency domain resource indication information.
  • the downlink control information further includes: Feedback timing information indicates the transmission timing of the uplink signal used to feed back the usage of the COT.
  • the downlink control information is sent to the user equipment in a static or semi-static manner.
  • processing circuit is further configured to perform the channel access processing in response to a request from the user equipment for resources for pass-through link communication.
  • Obtain COT generate the downlink control information and send the downlink control information to the user equipment.
  • processing circuit is further configured to: in response to the request, further allocate authorization resources for pass-through link communications to the user equipment, generate an indication of the authorization another downlink control information for resource allocation, and sends the other downlink control information to the user equipment.
  • processing circuit is further configured to: scramble the downlink control information with a predefined scrambling sequence.
  • the predefined scrambling sequence includes: a scrambling sequence used to indicate scheduling of unlicensed resources for direct link communication, or used to indicate delivery of time slot related information scrambling sequence.
  • processing circuit is further configured to: configure an unlicensed resource set for pass-through link communication for the user equipment, the unlicensed resource set at least includes the Resources in unlicensed frequency bands.
  • processing circuit is further configured to: send the configuration information of the unauthorized resource set to the user equipment through a system information block SIB.
  • An electronic device including:
  • processing circuit configured as:
  • Receive downlink control information which indicates that the electronic device is allocated a channel occupancy time COT obtained by the base station side device performing channel access processing on the unlicensed frequency band used for direct link communication for use in the direct link. road communication.
  • the downlink control information includes: COT indication information indicating a period of the COT allocated to the electronic device.
  • the downlink control information further includes: access type information indicating the type of channel access processing.
  • the type of channel access processing includes: a priority of listen-before-talking LBT for performing the channel access processing.
  • the downlink control information further includes: frequency domain resource indication information indicating frequency domain resources of the unlicensed frequency band allocated to the electronic device.
  • the downlink control information includes multiple resource allocation fields for multiple COTs, and each resource allocation field includes the COT indication information for the corresponding COT, the interface input type information and the frequency domain resource indication information.
  • the downlink control information further includes: feedback timing information indicating the transmission timing of an uplink signal used to feed back the usage of the COT.
  • processing circuit is further configured to: send an uplink signal for feedback of the usage of the COT at the sending timing indicated by the feedback timing information.
  • the electronic device wherein the processing circuit is further configured to: based on the transmission cycle of the downlink control information configured by the base station side device for the electronic device, receive in static or semi- The downlink control information sent in a static manner.
  • processing circuitry is further configured to receive another downlink control information sent in response to the request, the further downlink control information indicating use for a pass-through link Allocation of authorized resources for communications.
  • the predefined scrambling sequence includes: a scrambling sequence used to indicate scheduling of unlicensed resources for direct link communication, or used to indicate delivery of time slot related information scrambling sequence.
  • the processing circuit is further configured to: receive, from the base station side device, configuration information of an unauthorized resource set for direct link communication, the unauthorized resource set At least include resources in the unlicensed frequency band.
  • a method for wireless communications comprising:
  • Downlink control information is generated to indicate that the COT is allocated to the user equipment for direct link communication.
  • a method for wireless communications comprising:
  • the downlink control information indicates that the electronic device is allocated the channel occupancy time COT obtained by the base station side device performing channel access processing on the unlicensed frequency band used for direct link communication for direct link communication. .
  • a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing executable instructions that, when executed by a processor, cause the processor to perform the configuration for wireless communication as described in configuration 30 or 31 method.
  • the second and third embodiments of the present disclosure may have configurations as described below.
  • An electronic device on the base station side including:
  • processing circuit configured as:
  • processing circuit is further configured to: generate downlink control information for each user equipment in the plurality of user equipments to indicate the resources for the user equipment. distribution.
  • processing circuit is further configured to:
  • processing circuit is further configured to:
  • the same time period in the COT allocated to the corresponding user equipment is indicated.
  • An electronic device including:
  • processing circuit configured as:
  • the time-frequency resource format includes multiple sub-channels on one time slot.
  • control information in the synchronization signal and the data signal multiplexes frequency domain resources of multiple sub-channels, and the control information occupies the sub-channel with the lowest index.
  • An electronic device including:
  • processing circuit configured as:
  • Receive pass-through links on unlicensed bands jointly transmitted in predefined time-frequency resource formats synchronization signals and data signals for channel communication
  • the time-frequency resource format includes multiple sub-channels on one time slot.
  • control information in the synchronization signal and the data signal multiplexes frequency domain resources of multiple sub-channels, and the control information occupies the sub-channel with the lowest index.
  • a method for wireless communications comprising:
  • Allocate resources of the unlicensed frequency band in the COT to multiple user equipments for sending direct link synchronization signals.
  • a method for wireless communications comprising:
  • the time-frequency resource format includes multiple sub-channels on one time slot.
  • a method for wireless communications comprising:
  • the time-frequency resource format includes multiple sub-channels on one time slot.
  • a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing executable instructions that, when executed by a processor, cause the processor to perform any one of configurations 22 to 24 Methods for wireless communications.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

提供了用于无线通信的方法和电子设备以及计算机可读存储介质，其利于提高非授权频段的直通链路通信的效率。例如，提供了一种包括处理电路的基站侧的电子设备，该处理电路被配置为：对用于传输直通链路同步信号的非授权频段进行信道接入处理以获得信道占用时间COT；为多个用户设备分配所述COT中的所述非授权频段的资源，以用于发送直通链路同步信号。还提供了一种包括处理电路的电子设备，该处理电路被配置为：以预定义的时频资源格式联合发送非授权频段上的直通链路的同步信号和数据信号。还提供了一种电子设备，其包括被配置为接收以上述方式发送的直通链路的同步信号和数据信号的处理电路。所述时频资源格式包括一个时隙上的多个子信道。

Description

用于无线通信的方法和电子设备以及计算机可读存储介质
本申请要求于2022年4月21日提交中国专利局、申请号为202210422152.5、发明名称为“用于无线通信的方法和电子设备以及计算机可读存储介质”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及无线通信技术领域，更具体地，涉及一种利于用户设备使用用于直通链路(Sidelink)通信的非授权频段上的资源的用于无线通信的方法和电子设备以及计算机可读存储介质。
背景技术
已经提出了可以使用非授权频段上的资源用于Sidelink通信。然而，在非授权频段的Sidelink通信中，发送端的用户设备(User Equipment,UE)在进行任何Sidelink传输(包括发送或广播Sidelink同步信号块(Sidelink Synchronization Signal Block,S-SSB)或向接收端的UE发送数据信号)之前，首先需要对用于Sidelink通信的非授权频段进行信道接入处理，并且仅在赢得信道竞争而获得信道占用时间(Channel Occupancy Time，COT)之后才能进行Sidelink传输。
在这种情况下，用户设备在非授权频段的Sidelink通信的效率可能较低。例如，服务于单个用户的用户设备在信道接入处理中赢得信道竞争的可能性较低和/或获得COT的时延可能较长，从而导致非授权频段的Sidelink通信的时延变大而降低Sidelink通信的效率。另外，如果无法高效传输Sidelink同步信号则会给发送端UE与接收端UE之间的同步过程带来很多问题并直接影响后续的数据信号传输，继而与数据信号的低效传输相比更严重地降低Sidelink通信的效率。
发明内容
在下文中给出了关于本公开的简要概述，以便提供关于本公开的某 些方面的基本理解。但是，应当理解，这个概述并不是关于本公开的穷举性概述。它并不是意图用来确定本公开的关键性部分或重要部分，也不是意图用来限定本公开的范围。其目的仅仅是以简化的形式给出关于本公开的某些概念，以此作为稍后给出的更详细描述的前序。
本公开的实施例的目的是提供一种用于无线通信的方法和电子设备以及计算机可读存储介质，其利于改进用户设备在非授权频段的Sidelink通信的效率。
本公开的第一实施例的目的是提供一种用于无线通信的方法和电子设备以及计算机可读存储介质，其利于降低用户设备进行非授权频段的Sidelink通信的时延，从而提高非授权频段的Sidelink通信的效率。
根据本公开的第一实施例的第一方面，提供了一种基站侧的电子设备，该电子设备包括处理电路，该处理电路被配置成：对用于直通链路通信的非授权频段进行信道接入处理以获得信道占用时间COT；生成下行控制信息，以指示为用户设备分配所述COT用于直通链路通信。
根据本公开的第一实施例的第一方面，还提供了一种基站侧的用于无线通信的方法，该方法包括：对用于直通链路通信的非授权频段进行信道接入处理以获得信道占用时间COT；生成下行控制信息，以指示为用户设备分配所述COT用于直通链路通信。
根据本公开的第一实施例的第二方面，提供了一种电子设备，该电子设备包括处理电路，该处理电路被配置为：接收下行控制信息，所述下行控制信息指示为所述电子设备分配由基站侧设备对用于直通链路通信的非授权频段进行信道接入处理而获得的信道占用时间COT，以用于直通链路通信。
根据本公开的第一实施例的第二方面，还提供了一种用于无线通信的方法，该方法包括：接收下行控制信息，所述下行控制信息指示为电子设备分配由基站侧设备对用于直通链路通信的非授权频段进行信道接入处理而获得的信道占用时间COT，以用于直通链路通信。
本公开的第二和第三实施例的目的是提供一种用于无线通信的方法和电子设备以及计算机可读存储介质，其利于提高非授权频段的Sidelink同步信号的传输效率，进而提高了非授权频段的Sidelink通信的效率。
根据本公开的第二实施例的一方面，提供了一种基站侧的电子设备，该电子设备包括处理电路，该处理电路被配置成：对用于传输直通链路同步信号的非授权频段进行信道接入处理以获得信道占用时间COT；为多个用户设备分配所述COT中的所述非授权频段的资源，以用于发送直通链路同步信号。
根据本公开的第二实施例的一方面，还提供了一种基站侧的用于无线通信的方法，该方法包括：对用于传输直通链路同步信号的非授权频段进行信道接入处理以获得信道占用时间COT；为多个用户设备分配所述COT中的所述非授权频段的资源，以用于发送直通链路同步信号。
根据本公开的第三实施例的第一方面，提供了一种电子设备，该电子设备包括处理电路，该处理电路被配置成：以预定义的时频资源格式，联合发送非授权频段上的直通链路的同步信号和数据信号，其中，所述时频资源格式包括一个时隙上的多个子信道。
根据本公开的第三实施例的第一方面，还提供了一种用于无线通信的方法，该方法包括：以预定义的时频资源格式，联合发送非授权频段上的直通链路的同步信号和数据信号，其中，所述时频资源格式包括一个时隙上的多个子信道。
根据本公开的第三实施例的第二方面，提供了一种电子设备，该电子设备包括处理电路，该处理电路被配置为：接收以预定义的时频资源格式联合发送的、非授权频段上的直通链路通信的同步信号和数据信号，其中，所述时频资源格式包括一个时隙上的多个子信道。
根据本公开的第三实施例的第二方面，还提供了一种用于无线通信的方法，该方法包括：接收以预定义的时频资源格式联合发送的、非授权频段上的直通链路通信的同步信号和数据信号，其中，所述时频资源格式包括一个时隙上的多个子信道。
根据本公开的另一方面，还提供了一种存储有可执行指令的非暂态计算机可读存储介质，该可执行指令当由处理器执行时，使得处理器执行上述用于无线通信的方法或上述电子设备的各个功能。
根据本公开的其它方面，还提供了用于实现上述根据本公开的方法的计算机程序代码和计算机程序产品。
根据本公开的第一实施例的至少一方面，由服务于多个用户而易于赢得信道竞争的基站侧设备获得COT并为UE分配COT以用于Sidelink通信，从而利于提高UE得到COT的可能性并降低UE得到COT的时延，进而有利于降低UE进行非授权频段的Sidelink通信的时延并提高Sidelink通信的效率。
根据本公开的第二和第三实施例的至少一方面，以复用方式传输非授权频段的Sidelink同步信号，从而提高非授权频段的Sidelink同步信号的传输效率，进而提高了非授权频段的Sidelink通信的效率。
在下面的说明书部分中给出本公开实施例的其它方面，其中，详细说明用于充分地公开本公开实施例的优选实施例，而不对其施加限定。
附图说明
在此描述的附图只是为了所选实施例的示意的目的而非全部可能的实施，并且不旨在限制本公开的范围。在附图中：
图1是示出根据本公开的第一实施例的应用场景的示意图；
图2是示出根据第一实施例的基站侧的电子设备的配置示例的框图；
图3是用于说明根据第一实施例的电子设备生成的下行控制信息所指示的时域资源使用的示例的示意图；
图4是用于说明根据第一实施例的电子设备生成的下行控制信息的示例格式的示意图；
图5是示出根据第一实施例的用户设备侧的电子设备的配置示例的框图；
图6是用于说明根据第一实施例的基站侧设备获得并为用户设备分配COT的第一示例信令交互的流程图；
图7是用于说明根据第一实施例的基站侧设备获得并为用户设备分配COT的第二示例信令交互的流程图；
图8是用于说明根据第一实施例的基站侧设备获得并为用户设备分配COT的第三示例信令交互的流程图；
图9是示出根据第一实施例的基站侧的用于无线通信的方法的过程示例的流程图；
图10是示出根据第一实施例的用户设备侧的用于无线通信的方法的过程示例的流程图；
图11是示出根据本公开的第二实施例的应用场景的示意图；
图12是示出根据第二实施例的电子设备的配置示例的框图；
图13是用于说明根据第二实施例的电子设备为用户设备配置的用于传输S-SSB的频域资源的第一示例的示意图；
图14是用于说明根据第二实施例的电子设备为多个用户设备分配的COT中的资源的第一示例的示意图；
图15是用于说明根据第二实施例的电子设备为用户设备配置的用于传输S-SSB的频域资源的第二示例的示意图；
图16是用于说明根据第二实施例的电子设备为多个用户设备分配的COT中的资源的第二示例的示意图；
图17是用于说明根据第二实施例的基站侧设备获得COT并为多个用户设备分配COT中的资源的第一示例信令交互的流程图；
图18是用于说明根据第二实施例的基站侧设备获得COT并为多个用户设备分配COT中的资源的第二示例信令交互的流程图；
图19是示出根据第二实施例的用于无线通信的方法的过程示例的流程图；
图20是示出根据第三实施例的电子设备的配置示例的框图；
图21是用于说明能够用于第三实施例的预定义的时频资源格式的第一示例的示意图；
图22是用于说明能够用于第三实施例的预定义的时频资源格式的第二示例的示意图；
图23是用于说明能够用于第三实施例的预定义的时频资源格式的第三示例的示意图；
图24是示出根据第三实施例的发送端的用于无线通信的方法的过 程示例的流程图；
图25是示出根据第三实施例的接收端的用于无线通信的方法的过程示例的流程图；
图26是示出可以应用本公开内容的技术的eNB的示意性配置的第一示例的框图；
图27是示出可以应用本公开内容的技术的eNB的示意性配置的第二示例的框图；
图28是示出可以应用本公开内容的技术的智能电话的示意性配置的示例的框图；
图29是示出可以应用本公开内容的技术的汽车导航设备的示意性配置的示例的框图。
虽然本公开容易经受各种修改和替换形式，但是其特定实施例已作为例子在附图中示出，并且在此详细描述。然而应当理解的是，在此对特定实施例的描述并不打算将本公开限制到公开的具体形式，而是相反地，本公开目的是要覆盖落在本公开的精神和范围之内的所有修改、等效和替换。要注意的是，贯穿几个附图，相应的标号指示相应的部件。
具体实施方式
现在参考附图来更加充分地描述本公开的例子。以下描述实质上只是示例性的，而不旨在限制本公开、应用或用途。
提供了示例实施例，以便本公开将会变得详尽，并且将会向本领域技术人员充分地传达其范围。阐述了众多的特定细节如特定部件、装置和方法的例子，以提供对本公开的实施例的详尽理解。对于本领域技术人员而言将会明显的是，不需要使用特定的细节，示例实施例可以用许多不同的形式来实施，它们都不应当被解释为限制本公开的范围。在某些示例实施例中，没有详细地描述众所周知的过程、众所周知的结构和众所周知的技术。
将按照以下顺序进行描述：
I.第一实施例
I.1.概述
I.2.基站侧的电子设备的配置示例
I.2.1电子设备的各个单元的示例处理
I.2.2生成的下行控制信息及相关处理的示例
I.2.3分配COT的示例方式
I.3.用户侧的电子设备的配置示例
I.3.1电子设备的各个单元的示例处理
I.3.2接收的下行控制信息及相关处理的示例
I.3.3得到基站侧分配的COT的示例方式
I.4.示例信令流程
I.4.1动态分配的示例信令流程
I.4.2静态分配的示例信令流程
I.4.3半静态分配的示例信令流程
I.5.方法实施例
I.5.1基站侧的方法实施例
I.5.2用户侧的方法实施例
II.第二实施例和第三实施例
II.1.概述
II.2.第二实施例的电子设备的配置示例
II.2.1电子设备的各个单元的示例处理
II.2.2分配COT中的资源的示例方式
II.3.第二实施例的示例信令流程
II.3.1 TDM分配的示例信令流程
II.3.2 FDM分配的示例信令流程
II.4.第二实施例的方法实施例
II.5.第三实施例的电子设备的配置示例
II.6.第三实施例的方法实施例
III.应用示例
I.第一实施例
<I.1.概述>
如前所述，服务于单个用户的UE在信道接入处理中赢得信道竞争的可能性较低和/或获得COT的时延可能较长，从而导致非授权频段的Sidelink通信的时延变大而降低Sidelink通信的效率。
为此，发明人提出了在非授权频段的Sidelink通信中，在基站调度Sidelink传输的模式即Sidelink资源分配模式1(mode 1)中，由服务于多个用户而易于赢得信道竞争的基站获得COT并为发送端的UE分配COT以用于Sidelink通信，从而利于提高UE得到COT的可能性并降低UE得到COT的时延，进而有利于降低UE进行非授权频段的Sidelink通信的时延并提高Sidelink通信的效率。
图1是示出根据本公开的第一实施例的应用场景的示意图，其中示出了基站调度Sidelink传输的模式即Sidelink资源分配模式1的示例。如图1所示，发送端的用户设备SL UE1与接收端的用户设备SL UE2进行Sidelink通信，发送端的SL UE1在基站gNB的覆盖范围内并且工作在Sidelink资源分配模式1，接收端的SL UE2在基站gNB的覆盖范围外，并且SL UE1可以与gNB经由接入链路(Access Link，也称为Uulink)通信，继而利用gNB为其获得并分配的COT进行与SL UE2的Sidelink通信。接下来，将结合图1所示的示例场景，进一步描述根据本公开的第一实施例的基站侧和用户侧的装置和方法以及示例信令流程。
<I.2.基站侧的电子设备的配置示例>
图2是示出根据第一实施例的基站侧的电子设备的配置示例的框图。
如图2所示，电子设备200可以包括接入单元210、生成单元220以及可选的配置单元230和可选的通信单元240。此外，尽管图中未示出，但电子设备200还可以包括存储单元。
这里，电子设备200的各个单元都可以包括在处理电路中。需要说明的是，电子设备200既可以包括一个处理电路，也可以包括多个处理 电路。进一步，处理电路可以包括各种分立的功能单元以执行各种不同的功能和/或操作。需要说明的是，这些功能单元可以是物理实体或逻辑实体，并且不同称谓的单元可能由同一个物理实体实现。
接下来，将结合图1所示的示例场景，进一步描述基站侧的电子设备200及其各个单元的示例处理，其中，电子设备200例如可以用于图1的基站gNB。
(I.2.1电子设备的各个单元的示例处理)
接入单元210的示例处理
根据第一实施例，电子设备200的接入单元210可以对用于直通链路通信的非授权频段(下文也简称为Sidelink非授权频段)进行信道接入处理以获得信道占用时间COT。
作为示例，接入单元210可以经由先听后说(Listen Before Talk，LBT)，通过监听Sidelink非授权频段上的潜在传输活动并且在确认Sidelink非授权频段可用时接入信道。接入单元210可以采用各种LBT过程进行信道接入处理，包括但不限于没有应用/应用了随机退避(random backoff)机制的LBT过程。作为示例，接入单元210进行的信道接入处理的类型可以包括但不限于(a)没有应用随机退避的LBT过程(类型2，Cat2)、(b)包含随机退避但是竞争窗口(Contention Window，CW)大小固定的LBT过程(类型3，Cat3)、(c)包含随机退避且竞争窗口大小可变的LBT过程(类型4，Cat4)。不同类型的信道接入处理可以(例如以不同可能性、不同速度)获得具有不同可靠性的COT。例如，较复杂的Cat4LBT过程获得的COT的可靠度高。接入单元210可以基于各种因素适当地确定其进行信道接入处理的类型。例如，可选地，在电子设备200经由稍后描述的通信单元240与用户设备的通信而了解用户设备的Sidelink传输的具体需求时，接入单元210可以基于用户设备的Sidelink传输的具体需求适当地确定其进行信道接入处理的类型。
在本实施例中，可选地，采用包含随机退避且竞争窗口大小可变的Cat4(类型4)LBT过程，并且该LBT过程可以进一步具有不同的优先级，以表示成功获得COT的可能性和速度等。例如，高优先级LBT可以表示该LBT以更高可能性更快地获得COT。更具体地，在一个示例中，可以考虑Cat4(类型4)LBT过程具有从高到低四种不同的优先级类别 {1，2，3,4}。每个优先级类别都有单独的竞争窗口并且竞争窗口的最大值和最小值不同，其中高优先级LBT能够使用较小的竞争窗口更快地接入信道。此外，每个优先级类别可以使用不同的延迟周期，其中高优先级LBT能够经由更短的延迟周期在更短时间内感知信道状态和捕获信道。在部分或全部优先级中，下行传输可以比上行传输具有更短的延迟周期。例如，因此，在图1的示例中，与用户侧的SL UE1相比，基站侧的电子设备200的接入单元210例如可以进行更高优先级的LBT或者进行相同优先级但更短延迟周期的LBT，从而更快获得COT。在采用具有不同优先级的LBT过程的情况下，接入单元210可以基于各种因素(例如用户设备的Sidelink传输的具体需求)适当地确定其进行信道接入处理的LBT过程的优先级。
接入单元210例如经由LBT过程进行信道接入处理的带宽(也可称为LBT带宽)可以包括用户设备能够进行Sidelink传输的全部非授权频段或部分非授权频段，本实施例对此不进行限制。
接入单元210例如可以为用户设备(例如SL UE1)进行一次信道接入处理并获得一个COT，也可以为用户设备进行多次信道接入处理并获得多个COT。在一些应用中，接入单元210为用户设备获得多个COT将是特别有利的，例如，用户设备可以选择各个COT中最符合其Sidelink传输需求的那个COT或一次使用多个COT进行大量数据的传输。
生成单元220的示例处理
根据第一实施例，电子设备200的生成单元220可以生成下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information,DCI)，以指示为用户设备分配所获得的COT用于直通链路(Sidelink)通信。
例如，生成单元200可以为图1所示的发送端的SL UE1分配由接入单元210获得的COT以用于Sidelink通信，并且生成DCI以向SL UE1指示该分配。生成单元200对接入单元210获得的COT的分配包括但不限于对该COT中的时域资源即时段的分配。生成单元220可以为用户设备分配该COT中的全部或部分时段。此外，可选地，生成单元对COT的分配可以进一步包括对接入单元210成功获得该COT的非授权频段的频域资源的分配。如前所述，接入单元210进行信道接入处理的带宽(LBT带宽)可以包括用户设备能够进行Sidelink传输的全部或部分非授权频 段，生成单元200可以进一步将接入单元210成功获得COT的非授权频段中的全部或部分可用频域资源分配给用户设备。生成单元220可以基于各种因素适当进行上述分配。例如，在电子设备200了解用户设备的Sidelink通信的具体需求时，生成单元220可以基于该需求并可选地考虑电子设备200能够调度的非授权频段的Sidelink通信资源，进行上述分配。
相应地，生成单元220为用户设备生成的下行控制信息DCI SL_U至少可以包括指示针对该用户设备的、对该COT中的时域资源(以及可选地对该COT中的频域资源)的分配的信息。为便于描述，在第一实施例中，可以将生成单元220所生成的上述指示为用户设备分配COT用于Sidelink通信的下行控制信息称为Sidelink非授权资源调度DCI，并可以在适当情况下简称为下行控制信息DCI SL_U。稍后将结合图3和图4进一步描述生成单元200所生成的下行控制信息DCI SL_U及相关处理的进一步的细节。
配置单元230的示例处理
在Sidelink通信中，用户设备可以使用预先配置的资源池(预先配置的时频资源/时频资源块的集合)进行通信。因此，可选地，如图2所示，电子设备200还可以包括配置单元230，其被配置为为用户设备配置用于直通链路通信的非授权资源集合(也可称为非授权资源池)。这里，配置单元230为用户设备配置的非授权资源集合至少包括接入单元210进行信道接入处理以获得COT的那个非授权频段的资源(换言之，在配置单元230为用户设备配置了非授权资源集合的情况下，接入单元210优选针对为用户设备配置的(并且用户设备当前能够使用的)非授权资源集合中的全部或部分非授权频段进行信道接入处理以获得这样的非授权频段上的COT)。配置单元230例如可以经由生成非授权资源池配置信息并利用稍后描述的通信单元240向用户设备发送该配置信息而实现上述配置。当然，配置单元230能够为用户设备生成的Sidelink通信配置信息不限于本公开特别关注的非授权资源池配置信息，而是可以包括按照与现有方式类似的方式生成的授权资源池配置信息，这里不再赘述。
作为示例，配置单元320可以在针对用户设备的现有Sidelink通信配置信息中，增加一个字段作为非授权资源池配置信息。例如，配置单元320可以在用于Sidelink通信配置的系统信息块(System information  block,SIB)中增加上述字段。例如，配置单元320可以在用于新无线电(New Radio，NR)Sidelink通信配置的系统消息SIB 12信息元素(information element,IE)中，在用于配置授权资源池的信息元素sl-FreqInfoList-r16IE之后，增加信息元素sl-FreqInfoList-r18IE以用于为用户设备配置非授权资源池的具体内容。这样修改后的SIB 12信息元素的代码的示例如下：
SIB12information element
上述SIB 12信息元素的代码中，新增sl-FreqInfoList-r18IE用于为用户设备配置非授权资源池的具体内容，例如但不限于该资源池的非授权频段频域资源的位置(例如子信道索引等)。除了新增字段 sl-FreqInfoList-r18IE之外，其余字段的具体含义可以参考现有标准(例如第三代合作伙伴计划第五代移动通信技术(3rd Generation Partnership Project,5th Generation Mobile Communication Technology,3GPP 5G)TS38.331标准)中的定义，这里不再赘述。
可选地，配置单元230还可以用于为电子设备200与用户设备之间的无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control，RRC)配置或RRC重配(RRC Reconfiguraion)生成相应的配置信息。在电子设备200为用户设备调度Sidelink通信的情况下，例如，在电子设备200经由稍后描述的通信单元240向用户设备发送承载资源池配置信息等的上述SIB 12信息元素之后，电子设备200与用户设备之间可以进行RRC重配，例如用户设备可以向电子设备200上报Sidelink能力(例如但不限于该用户设备上报其目前可以使用的非授权资源池以及可选地还包括可以使用的授权资源池)，并且电子设备200的配置单元230可以根据该上报为用户设备进一步配置特定的Sidelink资源例如生成进一步的配置信息，并且可以利用稍后描述的通信单元240将该配置信息发送至用户设备。
通信单元240的示例处理
可选地，如图2所示，电子设备200还可以包括通信单元240，其用于向电子设备200以外的设备发送信息和/或从电子设备200以外的设备接收信息。
这里，电子设备200可以利用通信单元240将生成单元220所生成的下行控制信息DCI SL_U发送至用户设备例如图1中的SL U1。在一个示例中，通信单元240可以被配置为以预定义的加扰序列对所述下行控制信息DCI SL_U进行加扰。用于Sidelink非授权资源调度的DCI SL_U的预定义加扰序列可以不同于指示Sidelink通信的授权资源的调度的加扰序列(指示Sidelink通信的授权资源的调度的加扰序列例如为Sidelink无线网络临时标识符(Radio Network Tempory Identity,RNTI)，即Sidelink RNTI或SL-RNTI)，以利于实现与利用后者加扰的、用于Sidelink授权资源调度的DCI格式3_0的区分。接收到以预定义的加扰序列加扰的DCI SL_U的用户设备例如可以根据该预定义的加扰序列，可选地结合下行控制信息DCI SL_U的有效长度，确定其接收的DCI为用于Sidelink非授权资源调度的DCI SL_U。
举例而言，通信单元240应用于下行控制信息DCI SL_U的预定义加扰序列可以包括用于指示Sidelink通信的非授权资源的调度的加扰序列，例如专门为此目的设置的加扰序列，其例如可以称为Sidelink非授权RNTI或SLU-RNTI。仅作为示例，加扰序列SLU-RNTI的取值例如可以为十六进制的序列FFF3至FFFD中的任意一个。接收到以加扰序列SLU-RNTI加扰的下行控制信息DCI SL_U的用户设备例如可以根据上述加扰序列SLU-RNTI直接确定所接收的DCI为用于Sidelink非授权资源调度的DCI SL_U。
替选地，通信单元240应用于下行控制信息DCI SL_U的预定义加扰序列可以包括用于指示传递时隙相关信息的加扰序列，例如时隙指示(Slot Format Indication)RNTI即SFI-RNTI。在现有技术中，加扰序列SFI-RNTI用于对将时隙格式指示通知给用户设备的DCI格式2_0加扰，该DCI格式2_0一般具有一定的有效长度或长度范围。因此，只要下行控制信息DCI SL_U的有效长度不同于上述DCI格式2_0的有效长度，通信单元240就可以利用加扰序列SFI-RNTI对下行控制信息DCI SL_U进行加扰。在这种情况下，用户设备例如可以根据加扰序列SFI-RNTI，可选地结合下行控制信息DCI SL_U的有效长度(不同于上述DCI格式2_0的有效长度)，确定其接收的DCI为用于Sidelink非授权资源调度的DCI SL_U。
此外，在电子设备200利用配置单元230为用户设备生成了Sidelink通信配置信息的情况下，电子设备200可以利用通信单元240将该配置信息发送至用户设备。如前所述，配置单元320可以在用于Sidelink通信配置的系统信息块SIB(例如SIB 12消息)中增加一个字段作为非授权资源集合的配置信息。相应地，电子设备200可以利用通信单元240通过系统信息块SIB(例如SIB 12消息)向用户设备发送例如利用配置单元230为用户设备生成的非授权资源集合的配置信息。此外，在配置单元230为电子设备200与用户设备之间的RRC配置或RRC重配(RRCReconfiguraion)生成了相应的配置信息的情况下，电子设备200可以利用通信单元240经由RRC信令将该配置信息发送至用户设备。
(I.2.2生成的下行控制信息及相关处理的示例)
如前所述，生成单元200对接入单元210获得的COT的分配包括但不限于对该COT中的时域资源的分配，并且可选地包括对接入单元210 成功获得该COT的非授权频段的频域资源的分配。相应地，生成单元220生成的下行控制信息DCI SL_U至少可以包括指示上述分配的信息。
在一个示例中，生成单元220生成的下行控制信息DCI SL_U可以包括COT指示信息，其指示为用户设备分配的COT的时段。
COT指示信息例如可以指示为用户设备分配的COT的时段的起止时间。在一个示例中，COT指示信息可以指示为用户设备分配的COT时段的开始时隙相对于DCI SL_U的时隙偏移以及该COT时段持续的时隙个数。例如，假设在时隙n发送DCI SL_U，COT指示信息可以指示(a，b)，表明为用户设备分配的COT时段的开始时隙n+a，持续b个时隙。注意，生成单元220可以为用户设备分配接入单元210获得的COT中的全部或部分时段；相应地，下行控制信息DCI SL_U的COT指示信息可以指示该COT的全部时段或部分时段，本实施例对此不进行限制。
此外，优选地，下行控制信息DCI SL_U还可以包括接入类型信息，其指示接入单元210的信道接入处理的类型。信道接入处理的例如但不限于上述的Cat2(类型2)LBT过程、Cat3(类型3)LBT过程、Cat4(类型4)LBT过程等。信道接入处理的不同类型可以表明经由该处理获得COT的可靠性(例如，较复杂的Cat4LBT过程获得的COT的可靠度高)。因此，下行控制信息DCI SL_U的接入类型信息将有助于用户设备判断是否使用相应的COT。作为示例，当接入单元210经由具有不同优先级的LBT过程进行信道接入处理以获得COT时，信道接入处理的类型可以进一步包括该LBT的优先级。例如，在采用了前述具有四种优先级的Cat4(类型4)LBT过程的情况下，DCI SL_U的接入类型信息例如可以还指示四种优先级{1，2，3,4}之一。
另外，可选地，下行控制信息DCI SL_U还可以包括频域资源指示信息，其指示为用户设备分配的非授权频段的频域资源。作为示例，频域资源指示信息可以指示为用户设备分配的非授权频段中的子信道的子信道索引。注意，生成单元220可以为用户设备分配接入单元210获得的COT中的全部或部分可用频域资源；相应地，下行控制信息DCI SL_U的频域资源指示信息可以指示获得的COT中的全部或部分可用频域资源(例如，所获得的COT中的全部或部分可用子信道的子信道索引)，本实施例对此不进行限制。
在一个优选示例中，下行控制信息DCI SL_U中可以包括针对N个COT的N个资源分配字段(N为大于或等于1的自然数)，每个资源分配字段包括针对相应的COT的上述COT指示信息、接入类型信息和频域资源指示信息。这样的布置有利于用户设备从每个资源分配字段获得相应COT的各项信息并在可能的情况下据此选择适当的COT用于Sidelink通信。
可选地，N＝1，即下行控制信息DCI SL_U中包括针对1个COT的1个资源分配字段，这样的设置有利于降低用户设备得到网络侧的电子设备为其分配的COT的时延。
替选地，N>1，即下行控制信息DCI SL_U中包括针对多个COT的多个资源分配字段，从而一个下行控制信息DCI SL_U最多可以为用户设备分配N个COT。这样的设置有利于向用户设备提供对不同COT/不同COT使用方式的选择权。例如，用户设备可以综合考虑各个COT的时段(例如开始时间和持续长度)、信道接入处理的类型(其例如可以表征COT的可靠性)以及相应的频域资源的位置(例如是否分配了足够多的频域资源等等)等，根据自己要进行的Sidelink传输的情况或需求(例如要发送的数据的优先级、时延要求、数据包大小等信息)，从所分配的COT中进行选择(例如选择最早的COT、最长的COT或者一次使用多个COT等)。
优选地，N＝3，即下行控制信息DCI SL_U中包括针对3个COT的3个资源分配字段。这样的设置有利于在降低为用户设备分配COT的时延与为用户设备提供对不同COT使用方式的选择权(例如选择最早的COT、最长的COT或者一次使用多个COT)之间取得平衡。注意，尽管下行控制信息DCI SL_U中可以包括针对N个COT的N个资源分配字段(N>1)，但其中的部分字段有可能是空的且例如以保留位填充(例如全为0)，并且只为用户设备分配了少于N个COT(例如，在N＝3的情况下，可以仅分配1个或2个COT)。
此外，可选地，下行控制信息DCI SL_U还可以包括反馈定时信息，其指示用于反馈所述COT的使用情况的上行信号(在本实施例中，有时也称为COT使用反馈信号)的发送定时。反馈定时信息指示的COT使用反馈信号的发送定时需要早于为用户设备分配的COT的开始时间。
作为示例，反馈定时信息可以指示上行的COT使用反馈信号的发送时隙相对于DCI SL_U的时隙偏移。例如，假设在时隙n发送DCI SL_U，反馈定时信息可以指示X，表明上行的COT使用反馈信号可以在时隙n+X发送。优选地，即使下行控制信息DCI SL_U中包括针对多个COT的多个资源分配字段，也通过一个反馈定时信息指示针对全部COT的一个上行的COT使用反馈信号的发送定时；这有利于简化反馈流程以及利于基站侧设备后续对未使用的COT的统一分配。
接收到包括下行控制信息DCI SL_U的用户设备可以在DCI SL_U的反馈定时信息指示的发送定时，发送上行的COT使用反馈信号。电子设备200可以接收用户设备采用任意适当的方式发送的COT使用反馈信号，只要其能反映对COT的使用情况、即承载了COT使用反馈信息即可，并且电子设备200可以将所得到的COT使用反馈信息提供给生成单元220在后续的COT分配/下行控制信息DCI SL_U生成中参考。作为示例，电子设备200从COT使用反馈信号得到的COT使用反馈信息例如可以是二进制序列形式的反馈信息序列，反馈信息序列的长度可以等于下行控制信息DCI SL_U中所分配的COT的数目或资源分配字段的数目，反馈信息序列中的每一位可以表示相应COT是否将被用户设备使用(0表示将不使用，1表示将使用)。例如，在下行控制信息DCI SL_U中包括针对3个COT(COT1,COT2,COT3)的3个资源分配字段的情况下，电子设备200从COT使用反馈信号得到的反馈信息序列例如可以具有011的形式，其表明用户设备基于各个资源分配字段的内容及自身Sidelink传输的情况和/或需求而决定不使用COT1、使用COT2和COT3。
电子设备200可以利用通信单元240接收用户设备使用物理上行链路控制信道(Physical Uplink Control Channel，PUCCH)或物理上行链路共享信道(Physical Uplink Shared Channel，PUSCH)传输的承载上述COT使用反馈信息的COT使用反馈信号。在一个示例中，电子设备200可以接收作为COT使用反馈信号的、使用PUCCH传输的经过循环移位的基础序列，其中以对该基础序列进行循环位移的个数来指示所承载的COT使用反馈信息即二进制反馈信息序列。例如，在电子设备200所接收到的作为COT使用反馈信号的基础序列进行循环位移的个数是3的情况下，电子设备20可以获得与3对应的反馈信息序列011。在另一个示例中，电子设备200可以利用通信单元240接收采用PUSCH信道传输的承 载上述COT使用反馈信息的COT使用反馈信号，其中，承载COT使用反馈信息011的COT使用反馈信号直接作为数据内容来传输。
在Sidelink非授权频段传输中，基站侧的电子设备200只负责将所获得的COT分配给用户设备而不会自己使用该COT进行任何传输。当用户设备接收到指示分配COT的下行控制信息DCI SL_U后，会根据要进行Sidelink传输的情况和/或需求来选择被分配的COT，并且存在用户设备选择不使用被分配的部分甚至全部COT的情况。通过在下行控制信息DCI SL_U中设置反馈定时信息以要求用户设备在指定的发送定时发送上行信号反馈COT使用情况，有利于基站侧的电子设备200例如经由生成单元220对于Sidelink非授权资源的使用进行调度控制，并减少非授权资源的浪费。例如，基站侧的电子设备200从用户设备获知后者不使用某个COT的情况下，可以在生成单元220后续针对该用户设备或其它用户设备(例如电子设备200的覆盖范围内需要进行非授权频段上的Sidelink传输的其他UE)分配COT/生成下行控制信息DCI SL_U时，为该其他UE分配该COT。
图3是用于说明根据第一实施例的电子设备200生成的下行控制信息DCI SL_U所指示的时域资源使用的示例的示意图。如图3所示，DCI SL_U在时隙n发送，该DCI SL_U通过反馈定时信息X指示应该在时隙n+X(X＝6)发送上行的COT使用反馈信号FB，并且针对例如电子设备200经由接入单元210获得的3个COT即COT1至COT3，分别通过3个资源分配字段的相应COT指示信息(a1，b1),(a2，b2),(a3，b3)指示COT1、COT2、COT3的开始时隙分别为n+a1、n+a2、n+a3，各自持续b1＝b2＝b3＝6个时隙。
如前所述，例如可以由电子设备200经由配置单元230为用户设备SL UE1配置非授权资源池，并且在这种情况下，电子设备200的接入单元210优选针对非授权资源池中的全部或部分非授权频段进行信道接入处理以获得这样的非授权频段上的COT。相应地，在一个优选示例中，此时电子设备200的生成单元220生成的下行控制信息DCI SL_U还可以附加地包括资源池指示信息，其指示电子设备200的接入单元210进行信道接入处理以获得COT的那个非授权资源池。资源池指示信息例如可以指示非授权资源池索引。注意，此时下行控制信息DCI SL_U中的频域资源指示信息指示的是该非授权资源池中的频域资源(例如子信道 索引)。
图4是用于说明根据第一实施例的电子设备200生成的下行控制信息DCI SL_U的示例格式的示意图。如图4的表格左侧所示，下行控制信息DCI SL_U可以包括(例如在时间上从先到后依次布置的)非授权资源池指示信息、针对3个COT(COT1至COT3)的3个资源分配字段、以及反馈定时信息等字段，各个字段的含义如图4的表格右侧所示并且此前已经详细说明，这里不再重复。
注意，尽管在图3和图4中，以下行控制信息DCI SL_U指示为用户设备分配3个COT的优选示例进行了说明，但为用户设备分配的COT的数目不限于此，而是可以多于或少于3个；本公开的实施例不对此进行限制。
(I.2.3分配COT的示例方式)
本实施例的电子设备200可以以动态方式、静态方式或半静态方式为用户设备分配COT，即，以相应方式进行信道接入以及生成和发送下行控制信息DCI SL_U的一系列处理：在动态分配COT的情况下，电子设备200响应于用户设备对Sidelink通信资源的请求而进行上述一系列处理；在静态或半静态分配COT的情况下，电子设备200可以预先为用户设备配置下行控制信息DCI SL_U的发送周期，并且可以基于该发送周期，周期性地进行上述一系列处理(静态方式)或者在激活下行控制信息DCI SL_U之后周期性地进行上述一系列处理(半静态方式)。
动态分配COT的示例
首先考虑动态分配COT的情况。在动态分配COT的情况下，电子设备200可以响应于来自用户设备的对用于Sidelink通信的资源的请求，利用接入单元210进行信道接入处理以获得COT、利用生成单元220生成下行控制信息DCI SL_U并利用通信单元240向用户设备发送该下行控制信息。
作为示例，用户设备例如图1的SL UE1例如可以在其有Sidelink传输需求(例如同步信号或数据信号传输的需求)时，向基站侧的电子设备200发送对Sidelink通信资源的请求。
在动态分配COT的第一示例中，电子设备200从用户设备接收的对 Sidelink通信资源的请求例如可以是经由用于用户设备向基站请求Sidelink通信资源的SidelinkUEinformationNR消息发送的，并且该消息中可以指示用户设备请求的Sidelink资源。用户设备例如可以根据自身Sidelink传输的情况和/或需求，在SidelinkUEinformationNR消息中指示其请求的Sidelink资源。
作为示例，电子设备200从用户设备接收的上述SidelinkUEinformationNR消息可以指示非授权资源池的资源(例如指示所请求的非授权资源池的索引)。此时，电子设备200例如可以响应于该SidelinkUEinformationNR消息的请求而在该消息指定的非授权资源池的非授权频段上进行信道接入处理以获得COT，生成指示为用户设备分配该COT的下行控制信息DCI SL_U并向用户设备发送该下行控制信息。
此外，可选地，在用户设备能够使用授权资源池的情况下，上述SidelinkUEinformationNR消息还可以指示授权资源池的资源(例如指示所请求的授权资源池的索引)。此时，电子设备200例如可以响应于该SidelinkUEinformationNR消息的请求而经由生成单元220对该消息指定的授权资源池中的授权资源的调度，为用户设备分配用于Sidelink通信的授权资源，生成指示该授权资源的分配的另一下行控制信息(例如DCI格式3_0)，并向用户设备发送该另一下行控制信息。
用户设备可以基于所接收到的下行控制信息DCI SL_U(以及可选的DCI格式3_0)，根据自身Sidelink传输的情况和/或需求，利用DCI SL_U指示的为其分配的COT(以及可选的DCI格式3_0指示的为其分配的用于Sidelink通信的授权资源)进行Sidelink传输。
在动态分配COT的第二示例中，对Sidelink通信资源的请求可以经由一般的调度请求发送，并且不对具体的Sidelink通信资源进行指示。此时，电子设备200例如可以响应于该请求而在例如为用户设备预先配置(并且用户当前能够使用)的非授权资源池的部分或全部非授权频段上进行信道接入处理以获得COT，生成指示为用户设备分配该COT的下行控制信息DCI SL_U并向用户设备发送该下行控制信息。此外，可选地，电子设备200例如可以响应于该请求而经由生成单元220对授权资源池中的授权资源的调度，为用户设备分配用于Sidelink通信的授权资源，生成指示该授权资源的分配的另一下行控制信息(例如DCI格式3_0)，并向用户设备发送该另一下行控制信息。
用户设备可以基于所接收到的下行控制信息DCI SL_U(以及可选的DCI格式3_0)，根据自身Sidelink传输的情况和/或需求，利用DCI SL_U指示的为其分配的COT(以及可选的DCI格式3_0指示的为其分配的用于Sidelink通信的授权资源)进行Sidelink传输。
另外，在动态分配COT的各个示例中，电子设备200从用设备接收到的对Sidelink通信资源的请求可以附加地包括用户设备的Sidelink通信的进一步具体需求(例如要发送的数据的优先级、时延要求、数据包大小等信息)，并且可以是用户设备以任意适当方式发送的。在一个示例中，电子设备200从用设备接收到的上述用户设备的Sidelink通信的具体需求例如可以具有缓冲区状态报告(Buffer Status Report,BSR)等形式。
静态或半静态分配COT的示例
在静态或半静态分配COT的情况下，电子设备200例如可以利用配置单元230预先为用户设备生成下行控制信息DCI SL_U的配置信息(DCI配置信息)，该DCI配置信息例如包括发送下行控制信息DCI SL_U的时频资源和发送周期，并且电子设备200可以利用通信单元240经由RRC信令发送该DCI配置信息。注意，本实施例中尽管为下行控制信息DCI SL_U配置了用于发送的时频资源和周期，但以所指定的时频资源在每个周期发送的DCI SL_U(即，该DCI SL_U的具体内容)仍是在该周期中重新生成的。
此后，在静态分配COT的情况下，在下行控制信息DCI SL_U的每个发送周期中，电子设备200可以利用接入单元210持续进行信道接入处理以获得COT，并相应地利用生成单元220生成下行控制信息DCI SL_U。例如，电子设备200可以在DCI SL_U的当前发送周期中在获得DCI SL_U的格式规定的DCI SL_U所能调度的最大数目N(例如N＝3)的COT时，生成指示这些COT的DCI SL_U，并且停止信道接入处理。替选地，电子设备200可以无论获得多少COT都持续进行信道接入处理并在DCI SL_U的当前发送周期截止前生成DCI SL_U，该DCI SL_U指示当前发送周期中获得的前N个(例如N＝3)COT；在当前周期所获得的COT的数目小于N时，DCI SL_U的相应资源指示字段可以为空或保留位。另外，电子设备200可以基于为用户设备配置的下行控制信息DCI SL_U的发送周期，利用通信单元240以静态方式向用户设备发送(即按照发送周期而周期性地发送)以上述方式获得的下行控制信息DCI  SL_U。
半静态分配COT的情况与上述静态分配COT的情况类似，区别仅在于，在电子设备200例如经由RRC信令发送DCI SL_U的DCI配置信息后，还需要例如经由生成单元220生成用于激活该下行控制信息DCI SL_U的下行控制信息DCI(激活DCI)，并向例如经由通信单元240向用户设备发送上述激活DCI，以指示开始(例如在指定时隙偏移后开始)下行控制信息DCI SL_U的周期性发送。伴随激活DCI的激活动作，在下行控制信息DCI SL_U的每个发送周期中，电子设备200可以利用接入单元210持续进行信道接入处理以获得COT，并相应地利用生成单元220生成下行控制信息DCI SL_U，并且可以基于下行控制信息DCI SL_U的发送周期利用通信单元240以半静态方式向用户设备发送(即在激活下行控制信息DCI之后按照其发送周期而周期性地发送)以上述方式获得的下行控制信息DCI SL_U。
注意，无论电子设备200以动态方式、静态方式还是半静态方式为用户设备分配COT以及生成/发送下行控制信息DCI SL_U，只要所生成的下行控制信息DCI SL_U中包括反馈定时信息并且电子设备200从用户设备接收到了根据该反馈定时信息指示的发送定时发送的COT使用反馈信号，电子设备200就可以在后续针对该用户设备或其它用户设备(例如电子设备200的覆盖范围内需要进行非授权频段上的Sidelink传输的其他UE)分配COT/生成下行控制信息DCI SL_U时，参考COT使用反馈信号中承载的COT使用反馈信息，并且对未使用的COT进行再次分配，这里不再赘述。
以上描述了根据第一实施例的基站侧的电子设备200，其能够相较于服务于单个用户的UE更容易/更快速地获得COT并为UE分配COT以用于Sidelink通信，从而利于提高UE得到COT的可能性并降低UE得到COT的时延，进而有利于降低UE进行非授权频段的Sidelink通信的时延并提高Sidelink通信的效率。
在以上根据第一实施例的基站侧的电子设备200的描述过程中，除了基站侧的电子设备200之外，同样描述了由电子设备200为其获得并分配COT以用于Sidelink通信的用户设备(例如图1所示的SL UE1)。换言之，对于第一实施例，发明人除了提出了基站侧的电子设备之外，还提出了用户侧的电子设备。以下将在第一实施例的基站侧的电子设备 的描述的基础上，给出第一实施例的用户侧的电子设备的描述，并且省略其不必要的细节。
<I.3.用户侧的电子设备的配置示例>
图5是示出根据第一实施例的用户侧的电子设备的配置示例的框图。
如图5所示，电子设备500可以包括通信单元510以及可选的控制单元520。通信单元510(例如在可选的控制单元520的控制下)向电子设备500以外的设备发送信息和/或从电子设备500以外的设备接收信息。此外，尽管图中未示出，但电子设备500还可以包括存储单元。
这里，电子设备500的各个单元都可以包括在处理电路中。需要说明的是，电子设备500既可以包括一个处理电路，也可以包括多个处理电路。进一步，处理电路可以包括各种分立的功能单元以执行各种不同的功能和/或操作。需要说明的是，这些功能单元可以是物理实体或逻辑实体，并且不同称谓的单元可能由同一个物理实体实现。
接下来，将结合图1所示的示例场景，在对基站侧的电子设备200的描述的基础上，进一步描述用户侧的电子设备500及其各个单元的示例处理，其中，电子设备500例如可以用于图1的进行非授权频段上的Sidelink传输的用户设备SL UE1。
(I.3.1电子设备的各个单元的示例处理)
根据第一实施例，用户侧的电子设备500的通信单元510可以(例如在可选的控制单元220的控制下)接收下行控制信息，所述下行控制信息指示为所述电子设备分配由基站侧设备对用于直通链路Sidelink通信的非授权频段进行信道接入处理而获得的信道占用时间COT，以用于直通链路Sidelink通信。
为便于描述，电子设备500所接收的指示为其分配COT用于Sidelink通信的下行控制信息可以称为Sidelink非授权资源调度DCI，并可以在适当情况下简称为下行控制信息DCI SL_U。
在Sidelink通信中，用户设备可以使用预先配置的资源池(预先配置的时频资源/时频资源块的集合)进行通信。因此，可选地，用户侧的电子设备500还可以例如经由通信单元510从基站侧设备接收用于直通 链路通信的非授权资源集合(也可称为非授权资源池)的配置信息。这里，由基站侧设备为电子设备500配置的非授权资源集合至少包括基站侧设备进行信道接入处理以获得COT的那个非授权频段的资源(换言之，在为用户侧的电子设备500配置了非授权资源集合的情况下，基站侧设备优选针对非授权资源集合中的全部或部分非授权频段进行信道接入处理以获得这样的非授权频段上的COT)。
当然，用户侧的电子设备500能够从基站侧设备接收的Sidelink通信配置信息不限于非授权资源池的配置信息，而是可以包括与现有技术中类似的授权资源池的配置信息，这里不再赘述。
作为示例，用户侧的电子设备500可以从基站侧设备接收用于Sidelink通信配置的系统信息块SIB，其中增加了一个字段作为非授权资源集合的配置信息(非授权资源池配置信息)。即，用户侧的电子设备500可以接收通过系统信息块SIB发送的非授权资源集合的配置信息。例如，电子设备500可以从基站侧设备接收用于NR Sidelink通信配置的系统消息SIB 12信息元素(information element,IE)，该SIB 12消息中，在用于配置授权资源池的sl-FreqInfoList-r16IE之后，增加了sl-FreqInfoList-r18IE以用于为用户设备配置非授权资源池的具体内容。该新增的sl-FreqInfoList-r18IE例如但不限于指示非授权资源池的非授权频段频域资源的位置(例如子信道索引等)。上述SIB 12消息的细节可以参照此前对第一实施例的基站侧的电子设备的描述，这里不再赘述。
此外，可选地，电子设备500还可以例如经由通信单元510从基站侧设备接收各种RRC配置或RRC重配的配置信息。在基站侧设备为电子设备500调度Sidelink通信的情况下，例如，在电子设备500从基站侧设备接收承载资源池配置信息等的上述SIB 12信息之后，电子设备500与基站侧设备之间可以进行RRC重配，例如电子设备500可以向基站侧设备上报Sidelink能力(例如但不限于该电子设备500上报其目前可以使用的非授权资源池以及可选地还包括可以使用的授权资源池)，并且可以从基站侧设备接收其根据该上报而为电子设备500进一步配置的特定Sidelink资源的配置信息。
在一个示例中，电子设备500例如可以经由通信单元510从基站侧设备接收以预定义的加扰序列加扰的下行控制信息DCI SL_U。用于Sidelink非授权资源调度的DCI SL_U的预定义加扰序列可以不同于指示 Sidelink通信的授权资源的调度的加扰序列(例如SL-RNTI)，以利于实现与利用后者加扰的、用于Sidelink授权资源调度的DCI格式3_0的区分。通信单元510例如可以根据所接收的下行控制信息DCI SL_U的预定义的加扰序列，可选地结合下行控制信息DCI SL_U的有效长度，确定其接收的DCI为用于Sidelink非授权资源调度的DCI SL_U。
举例而言，用于下行控制信息DCI SL_U的预定义加扰序列可以包括用于指示Sidelink通信的非授权资源的调度的加扰序列，例如专门为此目的设置的加扰序列SLU-RNTI。仅作为示例，加扰序列SLU-RNT的取值例如可以为十六进制的序列FFF3至FFFD中的任意一个。电子设备500例如可以根据上述加扰序列SLU-RNTI直接确定所接收的DCI为用于Sidelink非授权资源调度的DCI SL_U。
替选地，用于下行控制信息DCI SL_U的预定义加扰序列可以包括用于指示传递时隙相关信息的加扰序列，例如现有的SFI-RNTI。在现有技术中，加扰序列SFI-RNTI用于对将时隙格式指示通知给用户设备的DCI格式2_0加扰，该DCI格式2_0一般具有一定的有效长度或长度范围。在这种情况下，通信单元510例如可以根据加扰序列SFI-RNTI，可选地结合下行控制信息DCI SL_U的有效长度(不同于上述DCI格式2_0的有效长度)，确定其接收的DCI为用于Sidelink非授权资源调度的DCI SL_U。
(I.3.2接收的下行控制信息及相关处理的示例)
电子设备500例如经由通信单元510接收的下行控制信息DCI SL_U可以指示基站侧设备针对该电子设备的、对该COT的分配，例如可以包括但不限于对该COT中的时域资源的分配，并且可选地还可以包括对该COT的非授权频段的(可用)频域资源的分配。相应地，电子设备500所接收的下行控制信息DCI SL_U至少可以包括指示上述分配的信息。
在一个示例中，电子设备500接收的下行控制信息DCI SL_U可以包括COT指示信息，其指示为该电子设备分配的COT的时段。COT指示信息例如可以指示为该电子设备分配的COT的时段的起止时间。在一个示例中，COT指示信息可以指示为该电子设备分配的COT时段的开始时隙相对于DCI SL_U的时隙偏移以及该COT时段持续的时隙个数。
此外，优选地，电子设备500接收的下行控制信息DCI SL_U还可 以包括接入类型信息，其指示基站侧为获得COT进行的信道接入处理的类型。信道接入处理的例如但不限于Cat2(类型2)LBT过程、Cat3(类型3)LBT过程、Cat4(类型4)LBT过程等。信道接入处理的类型可以表明经由该处理获得COT的可靠性(例如，较复杂的Cat4LBT过程获得的COT的可靠度高)。因此，用户侧的电子设备500从下行控制信息DCI SL_U获得的接入类型信息将有助于该电子设备判断是否使用相应的COT。作为示例，在基站侧设备应用了具有不同优先级的LBT过程进行信道接入处理时，接入类型信息指示的信道接入处理的类型可以进一步包括基站侧用于进行信道接入处理的LBT的优先级。例如，在基站侧采用了前述具有四种优先级的Cat4(类型4)LBT过程的情况下，DCI SL_U的接入类型信息例如还可以指示四种优先级{1，2，3,4}之一。
另外，可选地，电子设备500接收的下行控制信息DCI SL_U还可以包括频域资源指示信息，其指示为该电子设备分配的非授权频段的频域资源。作为示例，频域资源指示信息可以指示为该电子设备分配的非授权频段中的子信道的子信道索引。
在一个优选示例中，电子设备500接收的下行控制信息DCI SL_U中可以包括针对N个COT的N个资源分配字段(N为大于或等于1的自然数)，每个资源分配字段包括针对相应的COT的上述COT指示信息、接入类型信息和频域资源指示信息。电子设备500可以有利地从每个资源分配字段获得相应COT的各项信息并在可能的情况下据此选择适当的COT用于Sidelink通信。
可选地，N＝1，即下行控制信息DCI SL_U中包括针对1个COT的1个资源分配字段，这样的设置有利于降低电子设备500得到基站侧设备为其分配的COT的时延。
替选地，N>1，即下行控制信息DCI SL_U中包括针对多个COT的多个资源分配字段，从而一个下行控制信息DCI SL_U最多可以为电子设备500分配N个COT。这样的设置有利于电子设备500获得对不同COT/不同COT使用方式的选择权。例如，电子设备500可以综合考虑各个COT的时段(例如开始时间和持续长度)、信道接入处理的类型(其例如可以表征COT的可靠性)以及相应的频域资源的位置(例如是否分配了足够多的频域资源等等)等，根据自己要进行的Sidelink传输的情况(例如要发送的数据的优先级、时延要求、数据包大小等信息)，从所 分配的COT中进行选择(例如选择最早的COT、最长的COT或者一次使用多个COT等)。
优选地，N＝3，即下行控制信息DCI SL_U中包括针对3个COT的3个资源分配字段。这样的设置有利于在降低为用户侧的电子设备500分配COT的时延与为该电子设备提供对不同COT/不同COT使用方式的选择权(例如选择最早的COT、最长的COT或者一次使用多个COT)之间取得平衡。注意，尽管下行控制信息DCI SL_U中可以包括针对N个COT的N个资源分配字段(N>1)，但其中的部分字段有可能是空的且例如以保留位填充(例如全为0)，并且只为用户侧的电子设备500分配了少于N个COT(例如，在N＝3的情况下，可以仅分配1个或2个COT)。
此外，可选地，电子设备500接收的下行控制信息DCI SL_U还可以包括反馈定时信息，其指示用于反馈所述COT的使用情况的上行信号(COT使用反馈信号)的发送定时。反馈定时信息指示的COT使用反馈信号的发送定时早于为该电子设备分配的COT的开始时间。
作为示例，反馈定时信息可以指示上行的COT使用反馈信号的发送时隙相对于DCI SL_U的时隙偏移。优选地，即使下行控制信息DCI SL_U中包括针对多个COT的多个资源分配字段，也通过一个反馈定时信息指示针对全部COT的一个上行的COT使用反馈信号的发送定时；这有利于简化反馈流程以及利于基站侧设备后续对未使用的COT的统一分配。
接收到下行控制信息DCI SL_U的用户侧的电子设备500可以在控制单元520的控制下，在DCI SL_U的反馈定时信息指示的发送定时，利用通信单元510发送用于反馈COT的使用情况的上行信号(上行的COT使用反馈信号)。电子设备500可以采用任意适当的方式发送上行的COT使用反馈信号，只要其能反映对COT的使用情况、即承载了COT使用反馈信息即可。
作为示例，电子设备500可以利用控制单元520生成COT使用反馈信息，并且利用利用通信单元510以任意适当方式发送承载该反馈信息的上行的COT使用反馈信号。
作为示例，电子设备500生成的COT使用反馈信息可以是二进制序列形式的反馈信息序列，反馈信息序列的长度可以等于下行控制信息 DCI SL_U中所分配的COT的数目或资源分配字段的数目，反馈信息序列中的每一位可以表示相应COT是否将被电子设备500使用(0表示将不使用，1表示将使用)。例如，在下行控制信息DCI SL_U中包括针对3个COT(COT1,COT2,COT3)的3个资源分配字段的情况下，在电子设备500基于这些资源分配字段的内容及自身Sidelink传输的情况和/或需求而决定不使用COT1、使用COT2和COT3的情况下，电子设备500生成的反馈信息序列例如可以具有011的形式。
电子设备500例如可以利用通信单元510使用PUCCH或PUSCH信道来传输承载上述COT使用反馈信息的上行的COT使用反馈信号。在一个示例中，电子设备500使用PUCCH传输的经过循环移位的基础序列作为COT使用反馈信号，其中以对该基础序列进行循环位移的个数来指示所承载的COT使用反馈信息即二进制反馈信息序列。例如，在控制单元520生成的反馈信息序列取值为011的情况下，通信单元510发送的、作为COT使用反馈信号的基础序列进行循环位移的个数是与011对应的3。在另一个示例中，电子设备500采用PUSCH信道传输承载上述COT使用反馈信息的上行的COT使用反馈信号，例如直接将承载COT使用反馈信息011的COT使用反馈信号作为数据内容发送给基站侧设备。
在Sidelink非授权频段传输中，基站侧设备只负责将所获得的COT分配给用户侧的电子设备500而不会自己使用该COT进行任何传输。当电子设备500接收到指示分配COT的下行控制信息DCI SL_U后，会根据要进行Sidelink传输的情况和/或需求来选择被分配的COT，并且存在选择不使用被分配的部分甚至全部COT的情况。通过用户侧的电子设备500根据下行控制信息DCI SL_U的反馈定时信息指定的发送定时发送上行信号反馈COT使用情况，有利于基站侧设备对于Sidelink非授权资源的使用进行调度控制，并减少非授权资源的浪费。例如，基站侧设备从用户侧的电子设备500获知后者不使用某个COT的情况下，可以将该COT后续分配给该电子设备或其它用户设备(例如基站侧设备的覆盖范围内需要进行非授权频段上的Sidelink传输的其他UE)。
电子设备500接收的下行控制信息DCI SL_U所指示的时域资源使用的示例可以如以上在针对基站侧的电子设备200的说明中描述的图3所示，这里不再重复描述。
如前所述，例如可以由基站侧设备为用户侧的电子设备500配置非授权资源池，并且在这种情况下，基站侧设备优选针对(为电子设备500配置的并且电子设备500目前能够使用的)非授权资源池中的全部或部分非授权频段进行信道接入处理以获得这样的非授权频段上的COT。相应地，在一个优选示例中，此时用户侧的电子设备500接收的下行控制信息DCI SL_U还可以附加地包括资源池指示信息，其指示基站侧设备进行信道接入处理以获得COT的那个非授权资源池。资源池指示信息例如可以指示非授权资源池索引。注意，此时下行控制信息DCI SL_U中的频域资源指示信息指示的是该非授权资源池中的频域资源(例如子信道索引)。
电子设备500接收的下行控制信息DCI SL_U的示例格式可以如以上在针对基站侧的电子设备200的说明中描述的图4所示，这里不再重复描述。
注意，尽管在以上描述中，以下行控制信息DCI SL_U指示基站侧设备为用户侧的电子设备500分配3个COT的优选示例进行了说明，但为该电子设备分配的COT的数目不限于此，而是可以多于或少于3个；本公开的实施例不对此进行限制。
(I.3.3得到基站侧分配的COT的示例方式)
本实施例的用户侧的电子设备500可以得到基站侧设备以动态方式、静态方式或半静态方式为该电子设备分配的COT：在动态分配COT的情况下，电子设备500经由向基站侧设备发送对Sidelink通信资源的请求，得到基站侧设备以动态方式分配的COT；在静态或半静态分配COT的情况下，基站侧设备例如为电子设备500预先配置了下行控制信息DCI SL_U的发送周期，并且电子设备500可以基于该发送周期，得到基站侧设备周期性地(静态方式)或者在激活下行控制信息DCI SL_U之后周期性地(半静态方式)为其分配的COT。
得到基站侧动态分配COT的示例
首先考虑基站侧设备动态分配COT的情况。在基站侧设备动态分配COT的情况下，电子设备500可以利用通信单元510向基站侧设备发送对对用于Sidelink通信的资源的请求，并且接收响应于该请求而发送的下行控制信息DCI SL_U。
作为示例，用户侧的电子设备500例如可以在其有Sidelink传输需求(例如同步信号或数据信号传输的需求)时，在控制单元520的控制下，利用通信单元510向基站侧设备发送对Sidelink通信资源的请求。
在得到基站侧设备动态分配COT的第一示例中，用户侧的电子设备500对Sidelink通信资源的请求例如可以经由用于用户设备向基站请求Sidelink通信资源的SidelinkUEinformationNR消息发送，并且该消息中可以指示电子设备500请求的Sidelink资源。电子设备500例如可以根据自身Sidelink传输的情况和/或需求(例如要发送的数据的优先级、时延要求、数据包大小等信息)，例如经由控制单元520的控制而在由通信单元510传输的SidelinkUEinformationNR消息中指示电子设备500请求的Sidelink资源。
作为示例，上述SidelinkUEinformationNR消息可以指示请求非授权资源池的资源(例如指示所请求的非授权资源池的索引)。此时，基站侧设备例如可以响应于该SidelinkUEinformationNR消息的请求而在该消息指定的非授权资源池的非授权频段上进行信道接入处理以获得COT，生成指示为用户侧的电子设备500分配该COT的下行控制信息DCI SL_U并向该电子设备发送该下行控制信息。
此外，可选地，在电子设备500能够使用授权资源池的情况下，上述SidelinkUEinformationNR消息还可以指示授权资源池的资源(例如指示所请求的授权资源池的索引)。此时，基站侧设备例如可以响应于该SidelinkUEinformationNR消息的请求而经由对该消息指定的授权资源池中的授权资源的调度，为用户侧的电子设备500分配用于Sidelink通信的授权资源，生成指示该授权资源的分配的另一下行控制信息(例如DCI格式3_0)，并向该电子设备发送该另一下行控制信息。
用户侧的电子设备500可以基于所接收到的下行控制信息DCI SL_U(以及可选的DCI格式3_0)，根据自身Sidelink传输的情况和/或需求(例如要发送的数据的优先级、时延要求、数据包大小等信息)，利用DCI SL_U指示的为其分配的COT(以及可选的DCI格式3_0指示的为其分配的用于Sidelink通信的授权资源)进行Sidelink传输。
在得到基站侧设备动态分配COT的第二示例中，用户侧的电子设备500对Sidelink通信资源的请求可以经由一般的调度请求发送，并且不对 具体的Sidelink通信资源进行指示。此时，基站侧设备例如可以响应于该请求而在例如为用户侧的电子设备500预先配置(并且电子设备500当前能够使用)的非授权资源池的部分或全部非授权频段上进行信道接入处理以获得COT，生成指示为该电子设备分配该COT的下行控制信息DCI SL_U并向该电子设备发送该下行控制信息。此外，可选地，基站侧设备例如可以响应于该请求而经由对授权资源池中的授权资源的调度，为用户侧的电子设备500分配用于Sidelink通信的授权资源，生成指示该授权资源的分配的另一下行控制信息(例如DCI格式3_0)，并向该电子设备发送该另一下行控制信息。电子设备500可以基于所接收到的下行控制信息DCI SL_U(以及可选的DCI格式3_0)，根据自身Sidelink传输的情况和/或需求(例如要发送的数据的优先级、时延要求、数据包大小等信息)，利用DCI SL_U指示的为其分配的COT(以及可选的DCI格式3_0指示的为其分配的用于Sidelink通信的授权资源)进行Sidelink传输。
另外，在得到基站侧设备动态分配COT的各个示例中，电子设备500发送的对Sidelink通信资源的请求可以附加地包括其Sidelink通信的进一步具体需求(例如要发送的数据的优先级、时延要求、数据包大小等信息)，并且上述Sidelink通信的具体需求以任意适当方式发送。在一个示例中，电子设备500发送的上述Sidelink通信的具体需求例如可以具有缓冲区状态报告(Buffer Status Report,BSR)等形式。
得到基站侧静态或半静态分配COT的示例
在基站侧设备静态或半静态分配COT的情况下，用户侧的电子设备500例如可以通过通信单元510经由RRC信令接收基站侧设备为其生成的下行控制信息DCI SL_U的配置信息(DCI配置信息)，该DCI配置信息例如包括发送下行控制信息DCI SL_U的时频资源和发送周期。
此后，在基站侧设备为电子设备500静态分配COT的情况下，在下行控制信息DCI SL_U的每个发送周期中，电子设备500可以利用通信单元510，基于DCI配置信息中指示的下行控制信息DCI SL_U的发送周期以及时频资源位置，接收按照发送周期而周期性地发送(即静态方式发送)的下行控制信息DCI SL_U。该下行控制信息DCI SL_U可以是基站侧设备在每个发送周期中持续进行信道接入处理以获得COT并相应地生成的，其例如可以指示由DCI SL_U的格式规定的DCI SL_U所能调 度的最大数目N(例如N＝3)的COT，在当前周期所获得的COT的数目小于N时，DCI SL_U的相应资源指示字段可以为空或保留位。
基站侧设备半静态分配COT的情况与上述静态分配COT的情况类似，区别仅在于，用户侧的电子设备500利用通信单元520例如经由RRC信令接收DCI SL_U的DCI配置信息后，还需要例如接收基站侧设备发送的用于激活该下行控制信息DCI SL_U的下行控制信息DCI(激活DCI)，其例如指示开始(例如在指定时隙偏移后开始)下行控制信息DCI SL_U的周期性发送。电子设备500可以利用通信单元240，根据激活DCI的指示、基于DCI配置信息中指示的下行控制信息DCI SL_U的发送周期以及时频资源位置，接收基站侧设备在激活动作后，按照发送周期而周期性地发送(即半静态方式发送)的下行控制信息DCI SL_U。
以上描述了根据第一实施例的用户侧的电子设备500，其能够依赖相较于服务于单个用户的UE更容易/更快速地获得COT的基站侧设备来得到基站侧设备为其分配的COT以用于Sidelink通信，从而利于提高该电子设备得到COT的可能性并降低该电子设备得到COT的时延，进而有利于降低该电子设备进行非授权频段的Sidelink通信的时延并提高Sidelink通信的效率。
<I.4.示例信令流程>
接下来，将结合具体示例描述根据本公开第一实施例的基站侧设备获得并为用户设备分配COT的示例信令交互，其例如可以利用上述第一实施例的基站侧的电子设备200与用户侧的电子设备500的交互来实现。
图6、图7、图8分别是用于说明根据第一实施例的基站侧设备获得并为用户设备分配COT的第一、第二、第三示例信令交互的流程图，其分别为动态分配、静态分配和半静态分配的示例。在图6至图8的示例中，基站侧的电子设备200例如用于图1的示例中的基站gNB，用户侧的电子设备500例如用于图1的示例中的发送端的用户设备SL UE1。
注意，由于本实施例关注的是基站侧的设备对于发送端的用户设备的COT分配，因此，为避免模糊焦点，在图6至图8的示例中省略了接收端的用户设备SL UE2。SL UE1可以与SL UE2进行为二者之间的Sidelink通信所需的各种必要信令交互，例如，SL UE1可以在接收到gNB的SIB 12消息后，经由与SL UE2之间的交互确定其可以用于与SL UE2 之间的Sidelink通信的资源池(并且可以在与gNB的RRC重配阶段上报该资源池)，这里不再赘述。注意，仅在SL UE1与SL UE2能够使用同一个资源池时，该资源池才能被SL UE1用于与SL UE2的Sidelink通信；因此，存在SL UE1只能经由非授权资源池进行与SL UE2的Sidelink通信的可能性。
(I.4.1动态分配的示例信令流程)
在动态分配的示例中，如图6所示，可选地，首先，在步骤S601中，基站gNB向用户设备SL UE1发送系统消息SIB 12，该SIB 12消息例如可以包括gNB为SL UE1生成的Sidelink通信配置信息，其中可以包括非授权资源池配置信息并且可选地包括授权资源池配置信息。
接着，在步骤S602中，基站gNB与用户设备SL UE1之间进行RRC重配，例如可以包括SL UE1向gNB上报Sidelink能力(例如但不限于该用户设备上报其目前可以使用的非授权资源池以及可选地其目前可以使用的授权资源池)以及gNB根据该上报为SL UE1进一步配置特定的Sidelink资源。
此后，例如如图中所示，在用户设备SL UE1有要进行Sidelink传输的数据包(或者替选地，例如SL UE1有要发送或广播Sidelink同步信号的需求时)，在步骤S603中，用户设备SL UE1向基站gNB发送对Sidelink通信资源的请求。
响应于步骤S603中用户设备SL UE1对Sidelink通信资源的请求，基站gNB在步骤S604中对非授权频段进行信道接入处理以获得COT，在步骤S605中生成下行控制信息DCI SL_U以指示向SL UE1分配该COT，并在步骤S607中向SL UE1发送下行控制信息DCI SL_U。基站gNB在步骤S605和S607中生成和发送的下行控制信息DCI SL_U可以包括针对一个或多个COT的一个或多个资源指示字段，每个资源指示字段可以包括针对相应COT的COT指示信息、接入类型信息、频域资源指示信息。可选地，例如在步骤S601中基站gNB向用户设备SL UE1发送了系统消息SIB 12并且该SIB 12消息包括非授权资源池配置信息、并且在步骤S602中SL UE1向gNB上报了其目前可以使用该非授权资源池的情况下，上述下行控制信息DCI SL_U还可以包括资源池指示信息以指示该非授权资源池。此外，可选地，上述下行控制信息DCI SL_U 还可以包括反馈定时信息。
可选地，例如在步骤S601中基站gNB向用户设备SL UE1发送了系统消息SIB 12并且该SIB 12消息包括授权资源池配置信息、并且在步骤S602中SL UE1向gNB上报了其目前可以使用该授权资源池的情况下，如图中所示，响应于步骤S603中用户设备SL UE1对Sidelink通信资源的请求，基站还可以在步骤S606中，为SL UE1分配用于Sidelink通信的授权资源池的授权资源并生成指示该分配的下行控制信息DCI格式3_0，并在步骤S608中向SL UE1发送下行控制信息DCI格式3_0。
此后，用户设备SL UE1可以基于所接收到的下行控制信息DCI SL_U(以及可选的DCI格式3_0)，根据自身Sidelink传输的情况和/或需求，在步骤S610中利用DCI SL_U指示的为其分配的COT(以及可选的DCI 3_0指示的为其分配的用于Sidelink通信的授权资源)进行Sidelink传输。步骤S610中的Sidelink传输可以例如是向SL UE2发送Sidelink数据信号，也可以是广播Sidelink同步信号，本实施例对此不进行限制。
另外，可选地，在用户设备SL UE1在步骤S607中接收到的下行控制信息DCI SL_U中包括了反馈定时信息的情况下，在进行步骤S610中的Sidelink传输之前，SL UE1可以根据反馈定时信息所指示的发送定时，在步骤S609中向gNB发送COT使用反馈信号，以利于gNB后续对未使用的COT进行再次分配。
(I.4.2静态分配的示例信令流程)
在静态分配的示例中，如图7所示，可选地，首先，在步骤7601中，基站gNB向用户设备SL UE1发送系统消息SIB 12，该SIB 12消息例如可以包括gNB为SL UE1生成的Sidelink通信配置信息，其中可以包括非授权资源池配置信息。
接着，在步骤S702中，基站gNB与用户设备SL UE1之间进行RRC重配，例如可以包括SL UE1向gNB上报Sidelink能力(例如但不限于该用户设备上报其目前可以使用的非授权资源池)、gNB根据该上报为SL UE1进一步配置特定的Sidelink资源、以及gNB为SL UE1配置用于Sidelink非授权资源调度的周期性下行控制信息DCI SL_U，该配置至少包括配置发送DCI UL_U的时频资源和发送周期，使得用户设备SL UE1可以根据该配置信息接收DCI UL_U。
此后，如图中所示，在下行控制信息DCI SL_U的第i个发送周期中，基站gNB在步骤S703-i进行信道接入处理以获得COT，在步骤S704-i中生成下行控制信息DCI SL_U以指示向SL UE1分配该COT，并在步骤S705-i中向SL UE1发送下行控制信息DCI SL_U(i＝1,…,n)。下行控制信息DCI SL_U可以包括针对一个或多个COT的一个或多个资源指示字段，每个资源指示字段可以包括针对相应COT的COT指示信息、接入类型信息、频域资源指示信息。可选地，例如在步骤S701中基站gNB向用户设备SL UE1发送了系统消息SIB 12并且该SIB 12消息包括非授权资源池配置信息、并且在步骤S602中SL UE1向gNB上报了其目前可以使用该非授权资源池的情况下，上述下行控制信息DCI SL_U还可以包括资源池指示信息以指示该非授权资源池。此外，可选地，上述下行控制信息DCI SL_U还可以包括反馈定时信息。
可选地，在基站gNB在各个发送周期向用户设备SL UE1发送的下行控制信息DCI SL_U中包括了反馈定时信息的情况下，SL UE1可以在每个发送周期中根据反馈定时信息所指示的发送定时，在步骤S706-i(i＝1,…,n)中向gNB发送COT使用反馈信号，以利于gNB后续对该周期中未使用的COT进行再次分配。例如，在第n个发送周期之前，SL UE1在每个发送周期中向gNB发送的COT使用反馈信号都可以指示其没有使用COT。
例如在基站gNB在第n个发送周期的步骤S705-n中向SL UE1发送下行控制信息DCI SL_U之后，用户设备SL UE1有要进行Sidelink传输的数据包(或者替选地，例如SL UE1有要发送或广播Sidelink同步信号的需求)。此时，用户设备SL UE1例如可以基于在各个发送周期中所接收到的下行控制信息DCI SL_U，根据自身Sidelink传输的情况和/或需求，在步骤S707中，利用各个发送周期接收到的各个DCI SL_U指示的为其分配的COT中尚能使用的COT，或者直接利用在最近的第n个发送周期接收到的DCI SL_U所指示的COT，进行Sidelink传输。步骤S707中的Sidelink传输可以例如是向SL UE2发送Sidelink数据信号，也可以是广播Sidelink同步信号，本实施例对此不进行限制。
(I.4.3半静态分配的示例信令流程)
如图8所示，半静态分配的示例流程与图7所示的静态分配的示例流程大致类似：图8的示例流程包括了与图7的步骤S701至步骤S707 类似的步骤S801至步骤S802以及步骤S803-1至步骤S807；图8的示例流程与图7的示例流程的区别在于，在半静态分配的示例中，在步骤S802的基站gNB与用户设备SL UE1之间的RRC重配中，gNB为SL UE1配置用于Sidelink非授权资源调度的半静态发送的(而非周期性发送的)下行控制信息DCI SL_U；接着，在新增的步骤S800中，基站gNB向用户设备SL UE1发送用于激活下行控制信息DCI SL_U的激活DCI。伴随步骤S800的激活动作，基站gNB和用户设备SL UE1可以在步骤S803-1至步骤S807进行与图7的步骤S703-1至步骤S707类似的处理，即，在激活下行控制信息DCI SL_U的动作之后，基站gNB才进行信道接入以获得COT、生成下行控制信息DCI SL_U发送DCI SL_U等处理，并且用户设备SL UE1也在此之后进行相应处理，这里不再赘述。
<I.5.方法实施例>
与上述第一实施例的装置实施例相对应的，本公开提供了以下方法实施例。
(I.5.1基站侧的方法实施例)
图9是示出根据第一实施例的基站侧的用于无线通信的方法的过程示例的流程图。
如图9所示，在步骤S901中，对用于直通链路通信的非授权频段进行信道接入处理以获得信道占用时间COT。
接下来，在步骤S902中，生成下行控制信息，以指示为用户设备分配所述COT用于直通链路通信。
在一个示例中，步骤S902中生成的下行控制信息可以包括COT指示信息，其指示为所述用户设备分配的所述COT的时段。
可选地，所述下行控制信息还可以包括接入类型信息，其指示所述信道接入处理的类型。例如，信道接入处理的类型可以进一步包括用于进行所述信道接入处理的先听后说LBT的优先级。
可选地，所述下行控制信息还可以包括频域资源指示信息，其指示为所述用户设备分配的所述非授权频段的频域资源。
作为示例，所述下行控制信息可以包括针对多个COT的多个资源分配字段，每个资源分配字段包括针对相应的COT的所述COT指示信息、 所述接入类型信息和所述频域资源指示信息。
可选地，所述下行控制信息还可以包括反馈定时信息，其指示用于反馈所述COT的使用情况的上行信号的发送定时。
此外，尽管图中未示出，但可选地，在图9的示例过程中，在步骤S901之前，还可以附加地包括为所述用户设备配置用于直通链路通信的非授权资源集合的步骤，所述非授权资源集合至少包括所述非授权频段的资源。此外，可选地，在步骤S901之前，还可以附加地包括通过系统信息块SIB(例如SIB 12信息)向所述用户设备发送所述非授权资源集合的配置信息的步骤。
另外，尽管图中未示出，但可选地，在图9的示例过程中，在步骤S902之后，还可以附加地包括向用户设备发送所述下行控制信息的步骤。此外，可选地，在发送所述下行控制信息的步骤中，可以包括以预定义的加扰序列对所述下行控制信息进行加扰的处理。在一个示例中，所述预定义的加扰序列可以包括用于指示直通链路通信的非授权资源的调度的加扰序列，或用于指示传递时隙相关信息的加扰序列。
另外，尽管图中未示出，但图9的示例流程可以以动态方式、周期性方式或半静态方式进行。
在动态方式中，可以响应于来自所述用户设备的对用于直通链路通信的资源的请求，进行步骤S901的信道接入处理以获得COT、步骤S902的生成所述下行控制信息以及未示出的向所述用户设备发送所述下行控制信息的处理。在动态方式中，尽管图中未示出，但可选地，在图9的示例过程中，还可以包括下述处理：响应于来自所述用户设备的对用于直通链路通信的资源的请求，还为所述用户设备分配用于直通链路通信的授权资源，生成指示所述授权资源的分配的另一下行控制信息，并向所述用户设备发送所述另一下行控制信息。
在静态或半静态方式中，可以持续进行步骤S901的信道接入处理以获得COT以及步骤S902的生成所述下行控制信息的处理，并且基于为所述用户设备配置的所述下行控制信息的发送周期，以静态或半静态方式向所述用户设备发送所述下行控制信息。
根据本公开的实施例，执行上述方法的主体可以是根据本公开的第一实施例的基站侧的电子设备，因此前文中关于第一实施例的基站侧的 电子设备的全部实施例均适用于此，这里不再重复。
(I.5.2用户侧的方法实施例)
图10是示出根据第一实施例的用户侧的用于无线通信的方法的过程示例的流程图。
如图10所示，在步骤S1001中，接收下行控制信息DCI，所述下行控制信息指示为所述电子设备分配由基站侧设备对用于直通链路Sidelink通信的非授权频段进行信道接入处理而获得的信道占用时间COT，以用于Sidelink通信。
在一个示例中，步骤S1001中接收的下行控制信息可以包括COT指示信息，其指示为所述电子设备分配的所述COT的时段。
可选地，所述下行控制信息还可以包括接入类型信息，其指示所述信道接入处理的类型。例如，信道接入处理的类型可以进一步包括用于进行所述信道接入处理的先听后说LBT的优先级。
可选地，所述下行控制信息还可以包括频域资源指示信息，其指示为所述电子设备分配的所述非授权频段的频域资源。
作为示例，所述下行控制信息可以包括针对多个COT的多个资源分配字段，每个资源分配字段包括针对相应的COT的所述COT指示信息、所述接入类型信息和所述频域资源指示信息。
可选地，所述下行控制信息还可以包括反馈定时信息，其指示用于反馈所述COT的使用情况的上行信号的发送定时。在这种情况下，尽管图中未示出，但可选地，在图10的示例过程中，在步骤S1001之后，还可以附加地包括下述步骤：在所述反馈定时信息指示的发送定时，发送用于反馈所述COT的使用情况的上行信号。
可选地，在步骤S1001中，可以接收以预定义的加扰序列加扰的所述下行控制信息。在一个示例中，所述预定义的加扰序列可以包括用于指示直通链路通信的非授权资源的调度的加扰序列，或用于指示传递时隙相关信息的加扰序列。
此外，尽管图中未示出，但可选地，在图10的示例过程中，在步骤S1001之前，还可以附加地包括从所述基站侧设备接收用于直通链路通信的非授权资源集合的配置信息的步骤，所述非授权资源集合至少包括 所述非授权频段的资源。在该步骤中，可以接收通过系统信息块SIB(例如SIB 12信息)发送的所述配置信息。
另外，尽管图中未示出，但图10的示例流程可以以动态方式、周期性方式或半静态方式进行。
在动态方式中，图10的示例流程可以在步骤S1001之前还包括向所述基站侧设备发送对用于直通链路通信的资源的请求的步骤，并且在步骤S1001中可以接收响应于所述请求而发送的所述下行控制信息。在动态方式中，尽管图中未示出，但可选地，在图10的示例过程中，还可以包括接收所述基站侧设备响应于所述请求而发送的另一下行控制信息的步骤，所述另一下行控制信息指示用于直通链路通信的授权资源的分配。
在静态或半静态方式中，在步骤S1001中，可以基于由所述基站侧设备为所述电子设备配置的所述下行控制信息的发送周期，接收以静态或半静态方式发送的所述下行控制信息。
根据本公开的实施例，执行上述方法的主体可以是根据本公开的第一实施例的用户侧的电子设备，因此前文中关于第一实施例的用户侧的电子设备的全部实施例均适用于此，这里不再重复。
II.第二实施例和第三实施例
<II.1.概述>
如前所述，在非授权频段的Sidelink通信中，发送端的用户设备在进行任何Sidelink传输(包括广播Sidelink同步信号或向接收端的用户设备发送数据信号)之前，首先需要对用于Sidelink通信的非授权频段进行信道接入处理，并且仅在赢得信道竞争而获得信道占用时间COT之后才能进行Sidelink传输。
在这种情况下，用户设备在非授权频段的Sidelink通信的效率可能较低。与Sidelink数据信号的低效传输相比，如果无法高效传输Sidelink同步信号(下文中也简称为S-SSB)则会给发送端UE与接收端UE之间的同步过程带来很多问题并直接影响后续的数据信号传输，继而更严重地降低Sidelink通信的效率。
为此，发明人提出了在非授权频段的Sidelink通信中，以复用方式传输非授权频段的Sidelink同步信号，从而提高非授权频段的Sidelink 同步信号的传输效率，进而提高了非授权频段的Sidelink通信的效率。
具体地，在本公开的第二实施例中，由服务于多个用户而易于赢得信道竞争的基站获得对用于传输Sidelink同步信号的非授权频段(下文也简称为用于传输S-SSB的非授权频段)的信道占用时间COT并允许多个发送端的用户设备之间复用该COT内的用于传输S-SSB的非授权频段的资源以传输各个用户设备的非授权频段的S-SSB，从而提高了每个用户设备的非授权频段的S-SSB的传输效率。此外，在本公开的第三实施例中，单个用户设备以非授权频段上的Sidelink同步信号和Sidelink数据信号复用时频资源的方式传输非授权频段的Sidelink同步信号，从而也提高了用户设备的非授权频段的Sidelink同步信号的传输效率。
接下来，进一步描述根据本公开的第二、第三实施例的装置和方法。
<II.2.第二实施例的电子设备的配置示例>
图11是示出根据本公开的第二实施例的应用场景的示意图，其中示出了基站调度Sidelink传输的模式即Sidelink资源分配模式1的示例。如图11所示，多个用户设备SL UE1、SL UE2、SL UE3均在基站gNB的覆盖范围内并且工作在Sidelink资源分配模式1，另外的用户设备SL UE4在基站gNB的覆盖范围外，并且SL UE1、SL UE2、SL UE3均可以与gNB经由Uulink通信，继而利用gNB为其分配的COT内的用于传输S-SSB的非授权频段的资源向gNB覆盖范围外的用户设备例如SL UE4进行Sidelink同步信号S-SSB的传输。
如图11所示，在某一时期，多个用户设备SL UE1和SL UE3(甚至图中未标记传输需求的SL UE2)可能都期望广播或向SL UE4发送Sidelink同步信号S-SSB。在这种情况下，根据本实施例，可以利用基站gNB获得用于传输S-SSB的非授权频段的COT，使得例如在多个用户设备(例如SL UE1、SL UE2、SL UE3)之间共享该COT内的资源以高效传输各个用户设备的非授权频段的Sidelink同步信号。接下来，将结合图11所示的示例场景，进一步描述根据本公开的第二实施例的装置和方法以及示例信令流程。
图12是示出根据第二实施例的基站侧的电子设备的配置示例的框图。
如图12所示，电子设备1200可以包括接入单元1210、分配单元1220 以及可选的通信单元1230。此外，尽管图中未示出，但电子设备1200还可以包括存储单元。
这里，电子设备1200的各个单元都可以包括在处理电路中。需要说明的是，电子设备1200既可以包括一个处理电路，也可以包括多个处理电路。进一步，处理电路可以包括各种分立的功能单元以执行各种不同的功能和/或操作。需要说明的是，这些功能单元可以是物理实体或逻辑实体，并且不同称谓的单元可能由同一个物理实体实现。
接下来，将结合图12所示的示例场景，进一步描述基站侧的电子设备1200及其各个单元的示例处理，其中，电子设备1200例如可以用于图11的基站gNB。
(II.2.1第二实施例的电子设备的各个单元的示例处理)
图12所示的电子设备1200的可选的通信单元1230可以用于向电子设备1200以外的设备发送信息和/或从电子设备1200以外的设备接收信息。例如，在电子设备1200用于图11的基站gNB时，可以利用通信单元1230进行与覆盖范围内的用户设备SL UE1、SL UE2、SL UE3等之间的通信。
根据第二实施例，电子设备1200的接入单元1210可以对用于传输直通链路Sidelink同步信号S-SSB的非授权频段(用于传输S-SSB的非授权频段)进行信道接入处理以获得信道占用时间COT。
作为示例，接入单元1210可以经由先听后说(Listen Before Talk，LBT)，通过监听用于传输S-SSB的非授权频段上的潜在传输活动并且在确认该非授权频段可用时接入信道。
接入单元1210可以采用各种LBT过程进行信道接入处理，包括但不限于没有应用/应用了随机退避机制的LBT过程。作为示例，接入单元1210进行的信道接入处理的类型可以包括但不限于(a)没有应用随机退避的LBT过程(类型2，Cat2)、(b)包含随机退避但是竞争窗口(CW)大小固定的LBT过程(类型3，Cat3)、(c)包含随机退避且竞争窗口大小可变的LBT过程(类型4，Cat4)。不同类型的信道接入处理可以(例如以不同可能性、不同速度)获得具有不同可靠性的COT。例如，较复杂的Cat4LBT过程获得的COT的可靠度高。
在本实施例中，可选地，采用包含随机退避且竞争窗口大小可变的Cat4(类型4)LBT过程，并且其例如可以具有不同的优先级以表示成功获得COT的可能性和速度等，例如，高优先级LBT可以表示该LBT以更高可能性更快地获得COT。
优选地，电子设备1200的接入单元1210例如经由LBT过程进行信道接入处理的带宽(LBT带宽)可以包括其覆盖范围内的全部用户设备能够用于传输S-SSB的全部非授权频段。
作为示例，电子设备1200的接入单元1210可以被配置为响应于来自其覆盖范围内的一个用户设备的对用于传输直通链路Sidelink同步信号S-SSB的资源的请求，进行上述信道接入处理。例如，电子设备120可以在其经由通信单元1230接收到其覆盖范围的一个用户设备对用于传输S-SSB的资源的请求时，在必要时(例如没有已经获得的COT时，或者没有尚未或尚可分配的COT中用于传输S-SSB的非授权频段的资源时)进行上述信道接入处理以获得COT。
优选地，此时，在电子设备1200的覆盖范围内的各个用户设备能够用于传输S-SSB的非授权频段彼此不同时，该信道接入处理的带宽可以不仅包括当前进行请求的那个用户设备的用于传输S-SSB的非授权频段，还包括其他用户设备能够用于传输S-SSB的非授权频段。以此方式，电子设备1200可以实现对用于传输S-SSB的非授权频段的资源的集中调度。
根据第二实施例，电子设备1200的分配单元1220可以为多个用户设备分配电子设备1200的接入单元1210所获得的COT中的用于传输Sidelink同步信号S-SSB的非授权频段的资源(下文中也可简称为COT中的用于传输S-SSB的非授权频段的资源，或进一步简称为COT中的非授权频段的资源)，以用于发送Sidelink同步信号S-SSB。
例如，电子设备1200可以利用接入单元1210为其覆盖范围内的例如有Sidelink同步信号S-SSB传输需求的某个用户设备(例如图11中的SL UE1，其向电子设备1200发送了对用于传输S-SSB的资源的请求)进行信道接入处理并获得COT，并且可以在其他用户设备(例如图11中的SL UE2、SL UE3)具有类似的请求并且在该COT中的非授权频段的资源还可以供其他用户设备使用的情况下，利用分配单元1220将该 COT中的上述资源分配给这些用户设备(例如图11中的SL UE1、SL UE2、SL UE3)共同使用。以此方式，可以提高每个用户设备在非授权频段上传输Sidelink同步信号的效率。
分配单元1220对接入单元1210获得的COT中的非授权频段的资源的分配包括但不限于对该COT中的时域资源即时段的分配。此外，分配单元1220对COT中的资源的分配可以进一步包括对该COT中的非授权频段的频域资源的分配。
例如，分配单元1220可以基于用户设备对用于传输S-SSB的资源的请求，考虑分配单元1220能够调度的用于传输S-SSB的非授权频段的资源进行上述分配。注意，分配单元1220可以为每个用户设备分配接入单元1210获得的COT中的全部或部分时段、所获得的COT中全部或部分的用于传输S-SSB的非授权频段的频域资源，这可以由分配单元1220基于其能够调度的用于传输S-SSB的非授权频段的资源以及其调度这些资源的方式(例如分配单元1220使多个用户设备以时分复用(Time Division Multiplexing,TDM)还是频分复用(Frequency Division Multiplexing，FDM)方式复用COT中的非授权频段的资源)而适当处理。
优选地，分配单元1220可以被配置为针对多个用户设备中的每个用户设备生成下行控制信息DCI，以指示对该用户设备的COT中的非授权频段的资源的分配。分配单元1220为用户设备生成的下行控制信息至少可以包括指示针对该用户设备的、对该COT中的时域资源(以及可选地对该COT中的频域资源)的分配的信息。电子设备1200可以利用通信单元1230将分配单元1220所生成的下行控制信息发送至用户设备例如图11中的SL UE1、SL UE2、SL UE3等。
在一个示例中，分配单元1220针对每个用户设备生成的下行控制信息可以包括COT指示信息，其指示为该用户设备分配的该COT的时段。COT指示信息例如可以指示为用户设备分配的COT的时段的起止时间。注意，分配单元1220可以为每个用户设备分配接入单元1210获得的COT中的全部或部分时段；相应地，下行控制信息的COT指示信息可以指示该COT的全部时段或部分时段，本实施例对此不进行限制。
此外，可选地，分配单元1220针对每个用户设备生成的下行控制信 息还可以包括频域资源指示信息，其指示为该用户设备分配的用于传输S-SSB的非授权频段的频域资源。作为示例，频域资源指示信息可以指示为用户设备分配的用于传输S-SSB的非授权频段中的子信道(简称为用于传输S-SSB的子信道)的子信道索引。注意，分配单元1220可以为每个用户设备分配接入单元1210所获得的COT中全部或部分的用于传输S-SSB的非授权频段的频域资源(例如，所获得的COT中全部或部分的用于传输S-SSB的子信道)；相应地，下行控制信息的频域资源指示信息可以指示所获得的COT中全部或部分的用于传输S-SSB的非授权频段的频域资源(例如，所获得的COT中全部或部分的用于传输S-SSB的子信道的子信道索引)，本实施例对此不进行限制。
仅作为示例，分配单元1220针对每个用户设备生成的下行控制信息可以采用此前在第一实施例中描述的下行控制信息DCI SL_U的形式、采用下行控制信息DCI SL_U的部分格式、或采用与之类似的格式，这里不再赘述。
可选地，分配单元1220除了可以为多个用户设备中的每个用户设备生成下行控制信息而指示各个用户设备对COT中的非授权频段的资源进行复用之外，还可以进一步被配置为：为多个用户设备中的每个用户设备预先配置用于传输Sidelink同步信号S-SSB的、非授权频段上的频域资源(下文中在适当时可将其简称为用户设备预先配置的非授权频段同步信道，或进一步简称为非授权频段同步信道)。在电子设备1200的分配单元1220为各个用户设备预先配置了非授权频段同步信道的情况下，电子设备1200的接入单元1210进行信道接入处理的非授权频段(信道接入处理的带宽)可以是这些用户设备的非授权频段同步信道的集合；换言之，接入单元1210优选针对各个用户设备的非授权频段同步信道进行信道接入处理以获得上述非授权频段同步信道上的COT。
分配单元1220为多个用户设备中的每个用户设备预先配置非授权同步信道可以获得多方面的益处。例如，一方面，可以降低电子设备1200的接入单元1210进行信道接入处理的带宽，因为该带宽基于各个用户设备的非授权频段同步信道、而非全部可能用于Sidelink通信(包括Sidelink同步信号和Sidelink数据信号)的非授权频段。另一方面，也可以降低每个用户设备为检测和接收Sidelink同步信号而导致的能耗，因为每个用户设备仅在其自身的非授权频段同步信道的频段进行上述检测和接收 即可。
分配单元1220例如可以经由生成非授权频段同步信道配置信息并利用通信单元240向用户设备发送该配置信息而实现上述配置。
在Sidelink通信中，用户设备可以使用预先配置的资源池(预先配置的时频资源/时频资源块的集合)进行通信。因此，可选地，分配单元1220可以进一步被配置为为用户设备配置用于直通链路通信的非授权资源集合(也可称为非授权资源池)。这里，分配单元1220为用户设备配置的非授权资源集合至少包括为各个用户设备配置的用于传输Sidelink同步信号S-SSB的、非授权频段上的频域资源(非授权频段同步信道)的集合。
分配单元1220例如可以经由生成非授权频段同步信道配置信息甚至非授权资源池配置信息并利用通信单元1230向用户设备发送该配置信息而实现上述配置。当然，分配单元1220能够为用户设备生成的Sidelink通信配置信息不限于本实施例特别关注的非授权频段同步信道配置信息甚至非授权资源池配置信息，而是可以包括按照与现有方式类似的方式生成的授权资源池配置信息，这里不再赘述。
作为示例，分配单元1220可以在针对用户设备的现有Sidelink通信配置信息中，增加一个字段作为非授权资源池配置信息。例如，分配单元1220可以在用于Sidelink通信配置的系统信息块SIB中增加上述字段。例如，分配单元1220可以在用于NR Sidelink通信配置的SIB 12信息元素(IE)中增加为用户设备配置非授权资源池的具体内容，并且可以在该部分增加一个元素作为对用户设备的用于传输Sidelink同步信号S-SSB的、非授权频段上的频域资源(非授权频段同步信道)的配置信息。非授权频段同步信道的配置信息例如但不限于非授权频段同步信道的频域位置(例如子信道索引等)。
可选地，电子设备1200可以利用通信单元1230通过系统信息块SIB(例如SIB 12消息)向用户设备发送例如利用分配单元1220为用户设备生成的非授权同步信道的配置信息。
在一个示例中，分配单元1220为每个用户设备配置的用于传输S-SSB的非授权频段上的频域资源(非授权频段同步信道)可以包括预定数目N的连续资源块。优选地，所述预定数目N可以为11的整数倍， 并且N例如可以为1、2、3，等等。
分配单元1220对非授权频段同步信道的上述配置有利于传输占用11个连续资源块的Sidelink同步信号并且可以与现有的Sidelink同步信号的格式兼容。例如，Sidelink同步信号的一种示例结构可以包括：Sidelink主同步信号(Sidelink Primary Synchronization Signals，S-PSS)；Sidelink辅同步信号(Sidelink Secondary Synchronization Signals，S-SSS)；物理直通链路广播信道(Physical Sidelink Broadcast Channel，PSBCH)，其承载了有限的与同步相关的信息。包括上述S-PSS、S-SSS和PSBCH的Sidelink同步信号的一种现有格式例如占用1个时隙上的11个连续资源块来传输。
优选地，在分配单元1220为用户设备配置了非授权资源池的情况下，分配单元1220为用户设备配置的非授权频段同步信道可以包括非授权资源池的中心频点周围的预定数目N的连续资源块(N可以为11的整数倍)。
可选地，除了上述与非授权频段同步信道有关的配置信息之外，分配单元1220还可以用于为电子设备1200与用户设备之间的RRC配置或RRC重配(RRC Reconfiguraion)生成相应的配置信息。在电子设备1200为用户设备调度Sidelink通信的情况下，例如，在电子设备1200经由通信单元1230向用户设备发送承载非授权资源池配置信息等的上述SIB 12信息元素之后，电子设备1200与用户设备之间可以进行RRC重配，例如用户设备可以向电子设备1200上报Sidelink能力(例如但不限于该用户设备上报其目前可以使用的非授权资源池)，并且电子设备1200的分配单元1220可以根据该上报为用户设备进一步配置特定的Sidelink资源例如生成进一步的配置信息，并且可以利用通信单元1230将该配置信息发送至用户设备。
(II.2.2分配COT中的资源的示例方式)
在一个优选实施例中，如果电子设备1200利用分配单元1220为每个用户设备预先配置了用于传输S-SSB的非授权频段上的频域资源(非授权频段同步信道)，则在利用接入单元1210获得COT后，电子设备1200可以再利用分配单元1220在考虑到其为每个用户设备预先配置的非授权频段同步信道的情况下，以适当方式分配COT中的非授权频段的资源。
换言之，优选地，分配单元1220对于用于传输S-SSB的非授权频段上的资源的分配可以通过(1)为用户设备预先配置用于传输S-SSB的非授权频段上的频域资源(例如生成并发送同步信道的配置信息)与(2)获得COT之后实时分配COT中的非授权频段上的资源(时频资源或仅时域资源)(例如生成并发送下行控制信息以至少指示该实时分配)这两个方面共同实现。
顺便提及，作为示例，分配单元1220在上述第(2)方面中可以仅进行COT中的非授权频段上的时域资源的实时分配(即，在频域资源的分配上完全遵照上述第(1)方面的预先配置而不是在该配置的基础上进一步实时细化分配)，则此时分配单元1220生成的下行控制信息DCI可以仅指示该时域资源的实时分配，并且可以仅包括COT指示信息，这里不再赘述。
接下来，将结合具体示例描述电子设备1200利用分配单元1220对COT中的非授权频段的资源进行分配的示例。
TDM分配方式的示例
在第一示例中，电子设备1200可以利用分配单元1220为多个用户设备中的每个用户设备配置相同的、用于传输直通链路同步信号S-SSB的、非授权频段上的频域资源(非授权频段同步信道)，并且例如可以在接入单元1210获得COT后为这些用户设备分配该COT中的不同时段，即可以利用分配单元1220在针对这些用户设备分别生成的多个下行控制信息DCI中，指示为相应的用户设备分配的该COT中的不同时段(TDM分配方式)。
图13是用于说明电子设备1200为用户设备配置的用于传输S-SSB的频域资源(非授权频段同步信道)的第一示例的示意图，其示出了TDM分配方式的示例中，例如在一个非授权资源池(图中以浅色矩形框示出)中为每个用户设备SL UE(其例如可以是图11中的用户设备SL UE1、SL UE2、SL UE3)预先配置相同的非授权频段同步信道，该同步信道包括该非授权资源池中的子信道索引1至3所指示的三个子信道。作为示例，每个子信道可以均适合单独传输一个Sidelink同步信号S-SSB。例如，每个子信道可以包括11个连续资源块，从而可以单独传输例如占用11个连续资源块的S-SSB。每个用户设备SL UE都可以使用非授权资源池 中的子信道索引1至3所指示的三个子信道来传输S-SSB。
图14是用于说明电子设备1200为多个用户设备分配的COT中的资源的第一示例的示意图，其示出了TDM分配方式的示例中，在实时分配COT中的资源时，电子设备1200可以完全遵照图13的非授权频段同步信道配置，而只为每个用户设备实时分配COT中的不同时段，即为SL UE1分配时段1、为SL UE2分配时段2、为SL UE2分配时段2。作为示例，时段1至3中的每个时段可以均适合完整传输一个Sidelink同步信号S-SSB。例如，时段1至3中的每个时段可以包括1个时隙，从而可以完整传输例如占用1个时隙中的连续多个OFDM符号的一个Sidelink同步信号S-SSB。注意，尽管为了图示简明而在图14的示例中示出了为各个用户设备分配的时段1至3是连续的并且共同占用了整个COT时段，但本实施例不限于此，时段1至3可以是分散的和/或共同占用COT中的部分时段。
在图14所示的示例中，每个用户设备在COT中的一个相应时段内，在子信道索引1至3所指示的三个子信道上重复传输其Sidelink同步信号S-SSB，从而可以提高S-SSB成功传输和解码的概率，进而提高同步成功的概率。
FDM分配方式的示例
在第二示例中，电子设备1200可以利用分配单元1220为多个用户设备配置不同的用于传输直通链路同步信号S-SSB的、非授权频段上的频域资源(非授权频段同步信道)，并且例如可以在接入单元1210获得COT后为这些用户设备分配该COT中的相同时段，即可以利用分配单元1220在针对这些用户设备分别生成的多个下行控制信息DCI中，指示为相应的用户设备分配的该COT中的相同时段(FDM分配方式)。
图15是用于说明电子设备1200为用户设备配置的用于传输S-SSB的频域资源(非授权频段同步信道)的第二示例的示意图，其示出了FDM分配方式的示例中，例如在一个非授权资源池中为多个用户设备SL UE1、SL UE2、SL UE3预先配置了不同的非授权频段同步信道，每个同步信道包括该非授权资源池中的相应子信道索引3、子信道索引2、子信道索引1所指示的一个子信道。与图13的示例类似，图15中的每个子信道可以均适合单独传输一个Sidelink同步信号S-SSB，并且例如可以包 括11个连续资源块。。
图16是用于说明电子设备1200为多个用户设备分配的COT中的资源的第二示例的示意图，其示出了FDM分配方式的示例中，在实时分配COT中的资源时，电子设备1200可以完全遵照图15的非授权频段同步信道配置，而只为每个用户设备实时分配COT中的相同时段，即为SL UE1、SL UE2、SL UE3各自分配时段1至3。与图16的示例类似，时段1至3中的每个时段可以完整传输一个Sidelink同步信号，并且例如可以包括1个时隙；此外，尽管为了图示简明而示出了时段1至3是连续的并且共同占用了整个COT时段，但其可以是分散的和/或共同占用COT中的部分时段。
在图16所示的示例中，每个用户设备在相应的子信道索引所指示的子信道上，在COT中的三个时段内重复传输其Sidelink同步信号S-SSB，从而可以提高S-SSB成功传输和解码的概率，进而提高同步成功的概率。
以上描述了根据第二实施例的基站侧的电子设备1200，其能够相较于服务于单个用户的UE更容易/更快速地获得COT并为UE分配COT中的资源以用于传输非授权频段的Sidelink同步信号，并允许多个发送端的用户设备之间复用该COT内的用于传输S-SSB的非授权频段的资源以传输各个用户设备的非授权频段的S-SSB，从而提高了每个用户设备的非授权频段的S-SSB的传输效率，进而有利于提高非授权频段的Sidelink通信的效率。
<II.3.第二实施例的示例信令流程>
接下来，将结合具体示例描述根据本公开第二实施例的基站侧设备获得COT并为多个用户设备分配COT中的资源的示例信令交互，其例如可以利用上述第二实施例的基站侧的电子设备1200与其覆盖范围内的用户设备的交互来实现。
图17、图18分别是用于说明根据第二实施例的基站侧设备获得COT并为用户设备分配COT中的资源的第一、第二示例信令交互的流程图。在图17和图18的示例中，基站侧的电子设备1200例如用于图12的示例中的基站gNB，并且与例如图12的示例中的用户设备SL UE1、SL UE3交互。注意，为了图示简明起见，在图17和图18中仅示出了基站gNB与两个用户设备SL UE1和SL UE3之间的交互，但类似过程可以推广到 更多个用户设备的情况，这里不再赘述。
此外，由于本实施例关注的是基站侧的设备将COT内的资源分配给Sidelink通信的发送端的用户设备，因此，为避免模糊焦点，在图17和图18的示例中省略了接收端的用户设备例如SL UE4。SL UE1或SL UE3各自可以与SL UE4进行为二者之间的Sidelink通信所需的各种必要信令交互。作为一个示例，SL UE1可以在接收到gNB的SIB 12消息后，经由与SL UE4之间的交互确定其可以用于与SL UE2之间的Sidelink通信的资源池(并且可以在与gNB的RRC重配阶段上报该资源池)，这里不再赘述。注意，仅在SL UE1与SL UE4能够使用同一个资源池时，该资源池才能被SL UE1用于与SL UE4的Sidelink通信；因此，存在SL UE1只能经由非授权资源池进行与SL UE4的Sidelink通信(包括Sidelink同步信号S-SSB的传输)的可能性。
(II.3.1TDM分配的示例信令流程)
在图17的TDM分配的示例信令交互中，可选地，首先，在针对每个用户设备SL UEi步骤S1701-i中，基站gNB向用户设备SL UEi发送系统消息SIB 12，该SIB 12消息例如可以包括gNB为SL UEi生成的Sidelink通信配置信息，其中可选地包括非授权资源池配置信息并且可选地包括用于传输S-SSB的非授权同步信道配置信息(i＝1,3)。在本示例中，gNB例如为每个用户设备SL UE1、SL UE3配置了多个非授权资源池，并且在每个非授权资源池中为每个用户设备配置相同的非授权频段同步信道，其例如如图13所示的子信道索引1至3指示的频域资源。
接着，在步骤S1702-i中，基站gNB与用户设备SL UEi之间进行RRC重配，例如可以包括用户设备向gNB上报Sidelink能力(例如但不限于该用户设备上报其目前可以使用的非授权资源池)以及gNB根据该上报为用户设备进一步配置特定的Sidelink资源。在本示例中，例如每个用户设备SL UE1、SL UE3向gNB上报了目前可以使用的同一个非授权资源池。
此后，例如如图中所示，在用户设备SL UE1有要发送或广播Sidelink同步信号S-SSB的需求时，在步骤S1703-1中，用户设备SL UE1向基站gNB发送对用于传输S-SSB的资源的请求。
响应于步骤S1703-1中用户设备SL UE1对用于传输S-SSB的资源 的请求，基站gNB在步骤S1704中对用于传输S-SSB的非授权频段(即，用户设备SL UE1目前可以使用的非授权资源池中的非授权频段同步信道)进行信道接入处理以获得COT，在步骤S1705-1中为SL UE1生成下行控制信息DCI1以指示向SL UE1分配该COT中的用于传输S-SSB的非授权频段上的资源，在本示例中具体地指示向SL UE1分配该COT中的时段1(例如如图14所示的COT中的时段1)。基站gNB可以在步骤S1706-1中向SL UE1发送下行控制信息DCI1。接收到DCI1的SL UE1可以根据DCI1的指示，在步骤S1707-1在COT中的时段1(在子信道索引1至3所指示的子信道上)广播同步信号S-SSB。
此外，在用户设备SL UE3有要发送或广播Sidelink同步信号S-SSB的需求时，在步骤S1703-2中，用户设备SL UE3向基站gNB发送对用于传输S-SSB的资源的请求。此时，基站gNB在步骤S1704中获得的COT中尚有未分配且尚可分配的用于传输S-SSB的非授权频段上的资源，例如为该COT中的时段1之后的时段3中由子信道索引1至3所指示的子信道的资源。因此，基站gNB可以在步骤S1705-2中为SL UE3生成下行控制信息DCI3以指示向SL UE3分配该COT中的时段3。基站gNB可以在步骤S1706-2中向SL UE3发送下行控制信息DCI3。接收到DCI3的SL UE3可以根据DCI3的指示，在步骤S1707-2中在COT中的时段3(在子信道索引1至3所指示的子信道上)广播同步信号S-SSB。
注意，尽管为了图示简明而在图17的示例中示出了用户设备SL UE3向基站gNB发送对用于传输S-SSB的资源的请求的步骤S1703-2以及后续步骤S1705-2、S1706-2等均在用户设备SL UE1广播同步信号S-SSB的步骤S1701-1之后进行，但本示例的时序不限于此。例如，替选地，SL UE3的资源请求步骤S1703-2可以紧接SL UE1的资源请求步骤S1703-1之后进行，也可以紧接步骤S1704之后、紧接步骤S1705-1之后或紧接步骤S1706-1之后进行。类似地，对步骤S1705-2和S1706-2的时序也没有特别限制，只要其在SL UE3的资源请求步骤S1703-2之后进行即可。
(II.3.2FDM分配的示例信令流程)
在图18的FDM分配的示例信令交互中，可选地，首先，在针对每个用户设备SL UEi步骤S1801-i中，基站gNB向用户设备SL UEi发送系统消息SIB 12，该SIB 12消息例如可以包括gNB为SL UEi生成的 Sidelink通信配置信息，其中可选地包括非授权资源池配置信息并且可选地包括用于传输S-SSB的非授权同步信道配置信息(i＝1,3)。在本示例中，gNB例如为每个用户设备SL UE1、SL UE3配置了多个非授权资源池，并且在每个非授权资源池中为用户设备SL UE1、SL UE3配置了不同的非授权频段同步信道，例如分别为图15所示的子信道索引3指示的频域资源、子信道索引1指示的频域资源。
接着，在步骤S1802-i中，基站gNB与用户设备SL UEi之间进行RRC重配，例如可以包括用户设备向gNB上报Sidelink能力(例如但不限于该用户设备上报其目前可以使用的非授权资源池)以及gNB根据该上报为用户设备进一步配置特定的Sidelink资源。在本示例中，例如每个用户设备SL UE1、SL UE3向gNB上报了目前可以使用的同一个非授权资源池。
此后，例如如图中所示，在用户设备SL UE1有要发送或广播Sidelink同步信号S-SSB的需求时，在步骤S1803-1中，用户设备SL UE1向基站gNB发送对用于传输S-SSB的资源的请求。
响应于步骤S1803-1中用户设备SL UE1对用于传输S-SSB的资源的请求，基站gNB在步骤S1804中对用于传输S-SSB的非授权频段(即，用户设备SL UE1目前可以使用的非授权资源池中的(用于各个用户设备的)非授权频段同步信道，例如图15所示的子信道索引1至3指示的频域资源)进行信道接入处理以获得COT，在步骤S1805-1中为SL UE1生成下行控制信息DCI1以指示向SL UE1分配该COT中的用于传输S-SSB的非授权频段上的资源，在本示例中具体地指示向SL UE1分配该COT中的时段1至3(例如如图16所示的COT中的时段1至3)。基站gNB可以在步骤S1806-1中向SL UE1发送下行控制信息DCI1。接收到DCI1的SL UE1可以根据DCI1的指示，在步骤S1807-1中，在COT的时段1至3中(在子信道索引3所指示的子信道上)广播同步信号S-SSB。
此外，在用户设备SL UE3有要发送或广播Sidelink同步信号S-SSB的需求时，在步骤S1803-2中，用户设备SL UE3向基站gNB发送对用于传输S-SSB的资源的请求。此时，基站gNB在步骤S1804中获得的COT中尚有未分配且尚可分配的用于传输S-SSB的非授权频段上的资源，例如该COT的整个时段中由子信道索引1所指示的子信道的资源。因此，基站gNB可以在步骤S1805-2中为SL UE3生成下行控制信息DCI3 以指示向SL UE3分配该COT中的时段1至3。基站gNB可以在步骤S1806-2中向SL UE3发送下行控制信息DCI3。接收到DCI3的SL UE3可以根据DCI3的指示，在与步骤S1807-1同时进行的步骤S1807-2中，在COT中的时段1至3(在子信道索引1所指示的子信道上)广播同步信号S-SSB。
注意，尽管为了图示简明而在图18的示例中示出了用户设备SL UE3向基站gNB发送对用于传输S-SSB的资源的请求的步骤S1803-2以及后续步骤S1805-2、S1806-2等均在基站gNB向SL UE1发送下行控制信息DCI1的步骤S1806-1之后进行，但本示例的时序不限于此。例如，替选地，SL UE3的资源请求步骤S1803-2可以紧接SL UE1的资源请求步骤S1803-1之后进行，也可以紧接步骤S1804之后或紧接步骤S1805-1之后进行。类似地，对步骤S1805-2和S1806-2的时序也没有特别限制，只要其在SL UE3的资源请求步骤S1803-2之后进行即可。
<II.4.第二实施例的方法实施例>
与上述第二实施例的装置实施例相对应的，本公开提供了以下方法实施例。
图19是示出根据第二实施例的基站侧的用于无线通信的方法的过程示例的流程图。
如图19所示，在步骤S1901中，对用于传输直通链路同步信号的非授权频段进行信道接入处理以获得信道占用时间COT，并且为多个用户设备分配所述COT中的所述非授权频段的资源，以用于发送直通链路同步信号。
举例而言，可以在基站侧响应于来自所述用户设备的对用于传输直通链路同步信号的资源的请求，进行步骤S1901中的所述信道接入处理。
在一个示例中，步骤S1901为多个用户设备分配所述COT中的所述非授权频段的资源的处理可以包括：针对所述多个用户设备中的每个用户设备生成下行控制信息，以指示对该用户设备的所述资源的分配。
在进一步的示例中，步骤S1901为多个用户设备分配所述COT中的所述非授权频段的资源的处理可以还包括：例如在进行所述信道接入处理以获得所述COT之前，为所述多个用户设备中的每个用户设备预先配 置用于传输直通链路同步信号的、所述非授权频段上的频域资源。可选地，所配置的所述频域资源可以包括预定数目的连续资源块，所述预定数目可以为11的整数倍，并且可以为1、2、3，等等。
例如，可选地，可以预先为所述多个用户设备预先配置相同的所述频域资源。此外，在获得所述COT之后，可以在针对所述多个用户设备分别生成的多个所述下行控制信息中，指示为相应的用户设备分配的所述COT中的不同时段。
再例如，可选地，可以预先为所述多个用户设备预先配置不同的所述频域资源。此外，在获得所述COT之后，在针对所述多个用户设备分别生成的多个所述下行控制信息中，指示为相应的用户设备分配的所述COT中的相同时段。
根据本公开的实施例，执行上述方法的主体可以是根据本公开的第二实施例的基站侧的电子设备，因此前文中关于第二实施例的基站侧的电子设备的全部实施例均适用于此，这里不再重复。
<II.5.第三实施例的电子设备的配置示例>
在本公开的第三实施例中，单个用户设备以非授权频段上的Sidelink同步信号和Sidelink数据信号复用时频资源的方式传输非授权频段的Sidelink同步信号。
根据第三实施例，提供了用于Sidelink通信发送端的装置(例如用户设备)和方法、以及用于Sidelink通信接收端的装置(例如用户设备)和方法，其能够以一种预定义的时频资源格式联合传输非授权频段上的Sidelink同步信号和Sidelink数据信号，从而提高了Sidelink同步信号的传输效率。
图20是示出根据第三实施例的电子设备的配置示例的框图，其可以应用于Sidelink通信的发送侧/发送端，也可以应用于Sidelink通信的接收侧/接收端。
如图20所示，电子设备2000可以包括通信单元2100以及可选的控制单元2200。通信单元2100(例如在可选的控制单元2200的控制下)向电子设备2000以外的设备发送信息和/或从电子设备2000以外的设备接收信息。此外，尽管图中未示出，但电子设备2000还可以包括存储单 元。
这里，电子设备2000的各个单元都可以包括在处理电路中。需要说明的是，电子设备2000既可以包括一个处理电路，也可以包括多个处理电路。进一步，处理电路可以包括各种分立的功能单元以执行各种不同的功能和/或操作。需要说明的是，这些功能单元可以是物理实体或逻辑实体，并且不同称谓的单元可能由同一个物理实体实现。
根据第三实施例，用于Sidelink通信发送端的电子设备2000(或简称为发送端UE)的通信单元2100可以(例如在可选的控制单元2200的控制下)以预定义的时频资源格式，联合发送非授权频段上的直通链路的同步信号和数据信号，其中，所述时频资源格式可以包括一个时隙上的多个子信道。
与之相对地，用于Sidelink通信接收端的电子设备2000(或简称为接收端UE)的通信单元2100可以(例如在可选的控制单元2200的控制下)接收以预定义的时频资源格式联合发送的、非授权频段上的直通链路的同步信号和数据信号，其中，所述时频资源格式可以包括一个时隙上的多个子信道。
作为示例，Sidelink同步信号可以包括Sidelink主同步信号S-PSS、Sidelink辅同步信号S-SSS和物理直通链路广播信道PSBCH。此外，Sidelink数据信号可以包括作为控制信息的示例的物理直通链路共享信道(Pysical Sidelink Share Channel,PSSCH)以及作为数据信息的示例的物理直通链路共享信道(Pysical Sidelink Share Channel,PSSCH)，其中，作为控制信息的示例的PSSCH例如可以包括直通链路控制信息(Sidelink Control Information,SCI)，该SCI例如可以包括接收端为了正确解调或检测作为数据信息的示例的PSSCH所需的信息。
优选地，为了利于接收端尽早获得Sidelink同步信号并建立同步，在预定义的时频资源格式中，Sidelink同步信号例如可以使用1个时隙中尽量靠前的符号。此外，Sidelink同步信号可以优选使用多个子信道中子信道索引较低的子信道。
此外，为了接收端尽早获得Sidelink数据信号中的控制信息并根据该控制信息获得Sidelink数据信号中的数据信息，优选地，Sidelink数据信号中的控制信息例如可以使用1个时隙中尽量靠前的符号。此外，该 控制信息可以优选使用多个子信道中子信道索引较低的子信道。
发送端UE以及接收端UE可以(例如利用控制单元)以各种适当方式获取上述预定义的时频资源格式。例如，预定义的时频资源格式可以经由在出厂时写入到该UE的未示出的存储单元、硬连线到UE或以其他方式预先存储到该UE的未示出的存储单元等方式而被控制单元所获取。替选地，预定义的时频资源格式可以由通信单元从能够服务于UE的基站侧设备接收而被控制单元所获取。
发送端的电子设备2000(发送端UE)例如可以利用控制单元2200的控制下的通信单元2100，根据预定义的时频资源格式，在相应的时频位置发送非授权频段上的Sidelink同步信号和Sidelink数据信号。作为示例，发送端UE可以使用包括该发送端UE的识别符ID的加扰序列对其发送的Sidelink同步信号进行加扰。
相应地，接收端的电子设备2000(接收端UE)例如可以利用控制单元2200的控制下的通信单元2100，根据预定义的时频资源格式，在相应的时频位置接收非授权频段上的Sidelink同步信号和Sidelink数据信号。可选地，接收端UE可以例如利用未示出的存储单元将联合传输的Sidelink同步信号和Sidelink数据信号进行缓存，并且例如仅在成功同步之后才对其中的Sidelink数据信号进行处理。
例如，接收端UE可以经由在相应的时频位置接收非授权频段上的Sidelink同步信号、对该同步信号进行解码并基于解码的同步信号进行同步过程而实现与发送端UE的同步。获得Sidelink同步信号之后的具体同步过程可以采用任意适当方式(例如现有的各种同步方式)，这里不再赘述。
这里，接收端UE例如可以利用控制单元控制下的通信单元根据所接收到的Sidelink同步信号的加扰序列而获得发送端UE的ID。如果接收端UE例如利用控制单元根据发送端UE的ID而判断是首次与该发送端UE进行Sidelink通信(或尚未与该发送端UE建立同步)，则接收端UE可以例如继续利用未示出的存储单元将与该Sidelink同步信号联合发送的Sidelink数据信号进行缓存，等待建立同步之后再进行对Sidelink数据信号的后续处理(例如解码处理等)。
此外，一旦接收端UE基于所接收到的Sidelink同步信号的加扰序列 而判断并非首次、而是在持续与该发送端UE进行Sidelink通信(或已经与该发送端UE建立同步)，接收端UE就不需要继续解码Sidelink同步信号的信息、也不需要重新进行同步过程，而是可以只对Sidelink数据信号进行处理(例如解码处理等)，这有利于简化处理并降低处理负荷。
注意，上述传输非授权频段上的Sidelink同步信号和Sidelink数据信号的具体时频位置可以基于预定义的时频资源格式，可选地结合来自基站侧的调度(发送端UE工作在Sidelink资源分配模式1(mode 1)的情况下)或者根据资源感知和资源选择的结果(发送端UE工作在Sidelink资源分配模式2(mode 2)的情况下)，在能够用于发送端UE与接收端UE之间的Sidelink传输的时频资源当中适当地确定。本实施例不对发送端UE的Sidelink资源分配模式进行限制，并且为了避免模糊本公开的焦点在以上描述中省略了与具体的资源分配模式以及发送端UE与接收端UE之间的相关信令交互的细节。
利用上述配置，本实施例的电子设备可以按照预定义的时频资源格式，以非授权频段上的Sidelink同步信号和Sidelink数据信号复用时频资源的方式传输非授权频段的Sidelink同步信号，从而提高了Sidelink同步信号的传输效率。在非授权频段上，Sidelink同步信号无法如在授权频段上那样保证周期性发送，这也就意味着建立同步的概率变低时延变大。在本实施例中，利用上述预定义的时频资源格式联合传输Sidelink同步信号和数据信号，可以对于传输Sidelink同步信号的频段不进行特别要求，并且例如可以在能够传输Sidelink数据信号的频段上也传输Sidelink同步信号，从而可以增加传输Sidelink同步信道的概率和/或频率，进而增加在发送端和接收端之间建立同步的概率并降低建立同步的时延。
接下来，将结合图21至图23描述用于联合传输Sidelink同步信号和Sidelink数据信号的预定义的时频资源格式的示例，图21至图23是用于说明能够用于第三实施例的预定义的时频资源格式的第一至第三示例的示意图，其中作为示例示出了包括S-PSS、S-SSS和PSBCH的Sidelink同步信号S-SSB以及包括控制信息的PSSCH和数据信息PSSCH的Sidelink数据信号的预定义的时频资源格式。
在图21至图23的时频资源格式的示例中，横向表示时域方向(从左到右的方向表示时域上的先后顺序)且纵向表示频域方向(从下到上的方向表示频域上子信道的索引由低到高的顺序)，并且每个图中均示出 了一个时隙(14个OFDM符号)上的多个子信道的资源。在图21至图23中，自动增益控制AGC占用一个时隙中第1个符号的资源，可选的保护符号GUARD占用第14个符号的资源，Sidelink同步信号S-SSB与Sidelink数据信号共享其余符号上的资源。
图21示出了预定义的时频资源格式的第一示例，其中，例如包括S-PSS、S-SSS和PSBCH的同步信号S-SSB可以与例如包括控制信息PSSCH及数据信PSSCH的数据信号复用一个时隙的时域资源。可选地，在一个时隙的多个符号中，同步信号S-SSB占用的符号可以位于数据信号占用的符号前。这样的示例格式例如有利于接收端快速地获得同步信号并提前进行同步处理。
更具体地，如图21所示，同步信号S-SSB可以占用(例如自动增益控制AGC之后的)前面连续3个符号，这3个符号例如可以依次被S-PSS、S-SSS和PSBCH所占用。数据信号例如可以占用随后的连续9个符号。在这9个符号中的前3个符号中，控制信息PSSCH和数据信息PSSCH复用多个子信道的频域资源，并且控制信息PSSCH可以占用多个子信道中具有最低索引的子信道；在这9个符号的后6个符号中，数据信息PSSCH可以占用多个子信道中的全部子信道。
图22和图23分别示出了预定义的时频资源格式的第二和第三示例，其中，例如包括S-PSS、S-SSS和PSBCH的同步信号S-SSB可以与例如包括控制信息PSSCH及数据信息PSSCH的数据信号复用多个子信道的频域资源。
进一步地，在图22所示的第二示例中，例如在1个时隙中靠前的数个符号中，同步信号S-SSB可以与数据信号中的控制信息PSSCH复用多个子信道的频域资源，并且控制信息PSSCH可以占用多个子信道中具有最低索引的子信道。这样的示例格式例如有利于接收端快速地获得同步信号并提前进行同步处理以及快速地获得数据信号中的控制信息并及早进行数据信号的处理。
更具体地，如图22所示，在前面的连续3个符号(例如自动增益控制AGC之后的连续3个符号)中，同步信号S-SSB可以与控制信息PSSCH一起复用多个子信道的频域资源，并且控制信息PSSCH可以占用具有最低索引的子信道，其余子信道(多个子信道中次低索引及更高索引的子 信道)上的上述3个符号例如可以依次被S-PSS、S-SSS和PSBCH所占用。数据信息PSSCH例如可以占用随后的连续9个符号的全部时频资源。
此外，在图23所示的第三示例中，同步信号S-SSB可以与数据信号中的控制信息PSSCH及数据信息PSBCH一起复用多个子信道的频域资源，并且同步信号S-SSB可以占用多个子信道中具有最低索引的子信道。在本示例中，同步信号S-SSB优选占用具有最低索引的子信道中的预定数目N的连续资源块，该预定数目N可以为11的整数倍，并且例如N＝1,2,3等等。这样的示例格式例如有利于传输占用11个连续资源块的Sidelink同步信号并且利于与现有的Sidelink同步信号的格式相兼容。
更具体地，如图23所示，在除了不能被同步信号和数据信号使用的符号以外的全部符号(例如在自动增益控制AGC与保护符号之间的连续多个符号)中，同步信号S-SSB可以与数据信号复用多个子信道的频域资源，并且同步信号S-SSB可以占用具有最低索引的子信道，并且例如可以依次包括2个符号的S-PSS、2个符号的S-SSS以及8个符号的PSBCH。
对于多个子信道中除了最低索引的子信道以外的子信道(多个子信道中次低索引及更高索引的子信道)，在前面的连续3个符号(例如自动增益控制AGC之后的连续3个符号)中，控制信息PSSCH与数据信息PSBCH可以复用这些子信道的频域资源并且控制信息PSSCH可以占用这些子信道中最低索引的子信道(即，占用全部多个子信道中次低索引的子信道)；在后面的9个符号中，数据信息PSBCH可以使用这些子信道中的全部频域资源(即，占用全部多个子信道中次低索引及更高索引的子信道)。
注意，尽管图21至图23中作为示例示出了同步信号的各个部分S-PSS、S-SSS和PSBCH以及数据信号的各个部分PSSCH和PSSCH对预定义的时频资源格式中的资源的具体使用方式，但这些具体使用方式仅作为示例并且不构成对本实施例的限制；本实施例可以采用同步信号的各个部分以及数据信号的各个部分对资源的其他的使用方式，这里不再赘述。
此外，尽管图21至图23的预定义的时频资源格式的示例中示出了可选的保护符号GUARD，但替选地，可以省略该保护符号GUARD，并 且例如由数据信息PSSCH占用第14个符号的资源(图21和图22的示例的变形例)或者由数据信息PSSCH和同步信号S-SSB(例如其中的PDBCH)以频分复用的方式占用第14个符号的资源(图21和图22的示例的变形例)。
<II.6.第三实施例的方法实施例>
与上述第三实施例的装置实施例相对应的，本公开提供了以下方法实施例。
图24和图25分别是示出根据第三实施例的发送端和接收端的用于无线通信的方法的过程示例的流程图。
如图24所示，在发送端的过程示例中，在步骤S2401中，以预定义的时频资源格式，联合发送非授权频段上的直通链路的同步信号和数据信号，其中，所述时频资源格式包括一个时隙上的多个子信道。
与之相对地，如图25所示，在接收端的过程示例中，在步骤S2501中，接收以预定义的时频资源格式联合发送的、非授权频段上的直通链路通信的同步信号和数据信号，其中，所述时频资源格式包括一个时隙上的多个子信道。
在图24和图25的示例中，在所述时频资源格式的第一示例中，同步信号可以与数据信号复用一个时隙的时域资源。优选地，在一个时隙的多个符号中，同步信号占用的符号可以位于数据信号占用的符号前。
此外，在所述时频资源格式的第二和第三示例中，同步信号可以与数据信号复用多个子信道的频域资源。
更具体地，在所述时频资源格式的第二示例中，同步信号可以与数据信号中的控制信息及数据信息一起复用多个子信道的频域资源，并且同步信号可以占用多个子信道中具有最低索引的子信道。此时，优选地，同步信号可以占用具有最低索引的子信道中的预定数目的连续资源块，所述预定数目可以为11的整数倍。
在所述时频资源格式的第三示例中，同步信号可以与数据信号中的控制信息复用多个子信道的频域资源，并且所述控制信息可以占用具有最低索引的子信道。
根据本公开的实施例，执行图24的示例方法和图25的示例方法的 主体可以分别是根据本公开的第三实施例的发送端的电子设备和接收端的电子设备，因此前文中关于第三实施例的电子设备的全部实施例均适用于此，这里不再重复。
<III.应用示例>
本公开内容的技术能够应用于各种产品。
例如，第一实施例的电子设备200以及第二实施例的电子设备1200可以实现在基站侧。当电子设备实现在基站侧时，该电子设备可以被实现为任何类型的基站设备，诸如宏eNB和小eNB，还可以被实现为任何类型的gNB(5G系统中的基站)。小eNB可以为覆盖比宏小区小的小区的eNB，诸如微微eNB、微eNB和家庭(毫微微)eNB。代替地，基站设备可以被实现为任何其他类型的基站，诸如NodeB和基站收发台(BTS)。基站可以包括：被配置为控制无线通信的主体(也称为基站设备)；以及设置在与主体不同的地方的一个或多个远程无线头端(RRH)。
基站侧的电子设备还可以被实现为任何类型的TRP。该TRP可以具备发送和接收功能，例如可以从用户设备和基站设备接收信息，也可以向用户设备和基站设备发送信息。在典型的示例中，TRP可以为用户设备提供服务，并且受基站设备的控制。进一步，TRP可以具备与基站设备类似的结构，也可以仅具备基站设备中与发送和接收信息相关的结构。
另外，第一实施例的电子设备500以及第三实施例的电子设备2000可以实现在终端侧。当电子设备实现在终端侧例如实现为终端设备时，该电子设备可以为各种用户设备，其可以被实现为移动终端(诸如智能电话、平板个人计算机(PC)、笔记本式PC、便携式游戏终端、便携式/加密狗型移动路由器和数字摄像装置)或者车载终端(诸如汽车导航设备)。用户设备还可以被实现为执行机器对机器(M2M)通信的终端(也称为机器类型通信(MTC)终端)。此外，用户设备可以为安装在上述用户设备中的每个用户设备上的无线通信模块(诸如包括单个晶片的集成电路模块)。
[关于基站的应用示例]
(第一应用示例)
图26是示出可以应用本公开内容的技术的eNB的示意性配置的第 一示例的框图。eNB 1800包括一个或多个天线1810以及基站设备1820。基站设备1820和每个天线1810可以经由RF线缆彼此连接。
天线1810中的每一个均包括单个或多个天线元件(诸如包括在多输入多输出(MIMO)天线中的多个天线元件)，并且用于基站设备1820发送和接收无线信号。如图26所示，eNB 1800可以包括多个天线1810。例如，多个天线1810可以与eNB 1800使用的多个频带兼容。虽然图26示出其中eNB 1800包括多个天线1810的示例，但是eNB 1800也可以包括单个天线1810。
基站设备1820包括控制器1821、存储器1822、网络接口1823以及无线通信接口1825。
控制器1821可以为例如CPU或DSP，并且操作基站设备1820的较高层的各种功能。例如，控制器1821根据由无线通信接口1825处理的信号中的数据来生成数据分组，并经由网络接口1823来传递所生成的分组。控制器1821可以对来自多个基带处理器的数据进行捆绑以生成捆绑分组，并传递所生成的捆绑分组。控制器1821可以具有执行如下控制的逻辑功能：该控制诸如为无线资源控制、无线承载控制、移动性管理、接纳控制和调度。该控制可以结合附近的eNB或核心网节点来执行。存储器1822包括RAM和ROM，并且存储由控制器1821执行的程序和各种类型的控制数据(诸如终端列表、传输功率数据以及调度数据)。
网络接口1823为用于将基站设备1820连接至核心网1824的通信接口。控制器1821可以经由网络接口1823而与核心网节点或另外的eNB进行通信。在此情况下，eNB 1800与核心网节点或其他eNB可以通过逻辑接口(诸如S1接口和X2接口)而彼此连接。网络接口1823还可以为有线通信接口或用于无线回程线路的无线通信接口。如果网络接口1823为无线通信接口，则与由无线通信接口1825使用的频带相比，网络接口1823可以使用较高频带用于无线通信。
无线通信接口1825支持任何蜂窝通信方案(诸如长期演进(LTE)和LTE-先进)，并且经由天线1810来提供到位于eNB 1800的小区中的终端的无线连接。无线通信接口1825通常可以包括例如基带(BB)处理器1826和RF电路1827。BB处理器1826可以执行例如编码/解码、调制/解调以及复用/解复用，并且执行层(例如L1、介质访问控制(MAC)、 无线链路控制(RLC)和分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP))的各种类型的信号处理。代替控制器1821，BB处理器1826可以具有上述逻辑功能的一部分或全部。BB处理器1826可以为存储通信控制程序的存储器，或者为包括被配置为执行程序的处理器和相关电路的模块。更新程序可以使BB处理器1826的功能改变。该模块可以为插入到基站设备1820的槽中的卡或刀片。可替代地，该模块也可以为安装在卡或刀片上的芯片。同时，RF电路1827可以包括例如混频器、滤波器和放大器，并且经由天线1810来传送和接收无线信号。
如图26所示，无线通信接口1825可以包括多个BB处理器1826。例如，多个BB处理器1826可以与eNB 1800使用的多个频带兼容。如图26所示，无线通信接口1825可以包括多个RF电路1827。例如，多个RF电路1827可以与多个天线元件兼容。虽然图26示出其中无线通信接口1825包括多个BB处理器1826和多个RF电路1827的示例，但是无线通信接口1825也可以包括单个BB处理器1826或单个RF电路1827。
在图26所示的eNB 1800中，此前参照图2描述的第一实施例的电子设备200中的接入单元210、生成单元220和配置单元230的功能可以通过控制器1821(以及可选地无线通信接口1825中的部分模块)实现。此外，参照图12描述的第二实施例的电子设备1200中的接入单元1210和分配单元1220的功能也可以通过控制器1821(以及可选地无线通信接口1825中的部分模块)实现。例如，控制器1821可以通过执行存储器1822中存储的指令而实现相应单元的功能或者至少部分功能。。电子设备200和电子设备1200中的通信单元例如各自可以通过(例如在控制器1821的控制下的)无线通信接口1825等实现。此外，电子设备200和1200中的未示出的存储单元各自可以通过存储器1822实现。
(第二应用示例)
图27是示出可以应用本公开内容的技术的eNB的示意性配置的第二示例的框图。eNB 1930包括一个或多个天线1940、基站设备1950和RRH 1960。RRH 1960和每个天线1940可以经由RF线缆而彼此连接。基站设备1950和RRH 1960可以经由诸如光纤线缆的高速线路而彼此连接。
天线1940中的每一个均包括单个或多个天线元件(诸如包括在MIMO天线中的多个天线元件)并且用于RRH 1960发送和接收无线信号。如图27所示，eNB 1930可以包括多个天线1940。例如，多个天线1940可以与eNB 1930使用的多个频带兼容。虽然图27示出其中eNB1930包括多个天线1940的示例，但是eNB 1930也可以包括单个天线1940。
基站设备1950包括控制器1951、存储器1952、网络接口1953、无线通信接口1955以及连接接口1957。控制器1951、存储器1952和网络接口1953与参照图26描述的控制器1821、存储器1822和网络接口1823相同。
无线通信接口1955支持任何蜂窝通信方案(诸如LTE和LTE-先进)，并且经由RRH 1960和天线1940来提供到位于与RRH 1960对应的扇区中的终端的无线通信。无线通信接口1955通常可以包括例如BB处理器1956。除了BB处理器1956经由连接接口1957连接到RRH 1960的RF电路1964之外，BB处理器1956与参照图26描述的BB处理器1826相同。如图27所示，无线通信接口1955可以包括多个BB处理器1956。例如，多个BB处理器1956可以与eNB 1930使用的多个频带兼容。虽然图27示出其中无线通信接口1955包括多个BB处理器1956的示例，但是无线通信接口1955也可以包括单个BB处理器1956。
连接接口1957为用于将基站设备1950(无线通信接口1955)连接至RRH 1960的接口。连接接口1957还可以为用于将基站设备1950(无线通信接口1955)连接至RRH 1960的上述高速线路中的通信的通信模块。
RRH 1960包括连接接口1961和无线通信接口1963。
连接接口1961为用于将RRH 1960(无线通信接口1963)连接至基站设备1950的接口。连接接口1961还可以为用于上述高速线路中的通信的通信模块。
无线通信接口1963经由天线1940来传送和接收无线信号。无线通信接口1963通常可以包括例如RF电路1964。RF电路1964可以包括例如混频器、滤波器和放大器，并且经由天线1940来传送和接收无线信号。如图27所示，无线通信接口1963可以包括多个RF电路1964。例如， 多个RF电路1964可以支持多个天线元件。虽然图27示出其中无线通信接口1963包括多个RF电路1964的示例，但是无线通信接口1963也可以包括单个RF电路1964。
在图27所示的eNB 1930中，此前参照图2描述的第一实施例的电子设备200中的接入单元210、生成单元220和配置单元230的功能可以通过控制器1951(以及可选地无线通信接口1955、无线通信接口1963的部分模块)实现。此外，参照图12描述的第二实施例的电子设备1200中的接入单元1210和分配单元1220的功能也可以通过控制器1951(以及可选地无线通信接口1955、无线通信接口1963的部分模块)实现。例如，控制器1951可以通过执行存储器1952中存储的指令而实现相应单元的功能或者至少部分功能。电子设备200和电子设备1200中的通信单元例如各自可以通过(例如在控制器1951的控制下的)无线通信接口1955、无线通信接口1963等实现。此外，电子设备200和1200中的未示出的存储单元各自可以通过存储器1952实现。
此前参照图3描述的第一实施例的第二配置示例以及第二实施例的电子设备300中的通信单元例如可以通过无线通信接口1963以及可选的天线1940实现。电子设备300中的控制单元的功能可以通过控制器1951实现。例如，控制器1951可以通过执行存储器1952中存储的指令而实现控制单元的功能。此外，电子设备300中的存储单元可以通过存储器1952实现。[关于用户设备的应用示例]
(第一应用示例)
图28是示出可以应用本公开内容的技术的智能电话2800的示意性配置的示例的框图。智能电话2800包括处理器2001、存储器2002、存储装置2003、外部连接接口2004、摄像装置2006、传感器2007、麦克风2008、输入装置2009、显示装置2010、扬声器2011、无线通信接口2012、一个或多个天线开关2015、一个或多个天线2016、总线2017、电池2018以及辅助控制器2019。
处理器2001可以为例如CPU或片上系统(SoC)，并且控制智能电话2800的应用层和另外层的功能。存储器2002包括RAM和ROM，并且存储数据和由处理器2001执行的程序。存储装置2003可以包括存储介质，诸如半导体存储器和硬盘。外部连接接口2004为用于将外部装置 (诸如存储卡和通用串行总线(USB)装置)连接至智能电话2800的接口。
摄像装置2006包括图像传感器(诸如电荷耦合器件(CCD)和互补金属氧化物半导体(CMOS))，并且生成捕获图像。传感器2007可以包括一组传感器，诸如测量传感器、陀螺仪传感器、地磁传感器和加速度传感器。麦克风2008将输入到智能电话2800的声音转换为音频信号。输入装置2009包括例如被配置为检测显示装置2010的屏幕上的触摸的触摸传感器、小键盘、键盘、按钮或开关，并且接收从用户输入的操作或信息。显示装置2010包括屏幕(诸如液晶显示器(LCD)和有机发光二极管(OLED)显示器)，并且显示智能电话2800的输出图像。扬声器2011将从智能电话2800输出的音频信号转换为声音。
无线通信接口2012支持任何蜂窝通信方案(诸如LTE和LTE-先进)，并且执行无线通信。无线通信接口2012通常可以包括例如BB处理器2013和RF电路2014。BB处理器2013可以执行例如编码/解码、调制/解调以及复用/解复用，并且执行用于无线通信的各种类型的信号处理。同时，RF电路2014可以包括例如混频器、滤波器和放大器，并且经由天线2016来传送和接收无线信号。无线通信接口2012可以为其上集成有BB处理器2013和RF电路2014的一个芯片模块。如图28所示，无线通信接口2012可以包括多个BB处理器2013和多个RF电路2014。虽然图28示出其中无线通信接口2012包括多个BB处理器2013和多个RF电路2014的示例，但是无线通信接口2012也可以包括单个BB处理器2013或单个RF电路2014。
此外，除了蜂窝通信方案之外，无线通信接口2012可以支持另外类型的无线通信方案，诸如短距离无线通信方案、近场通信方案和无线局域网(LAN)方案。在此情况下，无线通信接口2012可以包括针对每种无线通信方案的BB处理器2013和RF电路2014。
天线开关2015中的每一个在包括在无线通信接口2012中的多个电路(例如用于不同的无线通信方案的电路)之间切换天线916的连接目的地。
天线2016中的每一个均包括单个或多个天线元件(诸如包括在MIMO天线中的多个天线元件)，并且用于无线通信接口2012传送和接 收无线信号。如图28所示，智能电话2800可以包括多个天线2016。虽然图28示出其中智能电话2800包括多个天线2016的示例，但是智能电话2800也可以包括单个天线2016。
此外，智能电话2800可以包括针对每种无线通信方案的天线2016。在此情况下，天线开关2015可以从智能电话2800的配置中省略。
总线2017将处理器2001、存储器2002、存储装置2003、外部连接接口2004、摄像装置2006、传感器2007、麦克风2008、输入装置2009、显示装置2010、扬声器2011、无线通信接口2012以及辅助控制器2019彼此连接。电池2018经由馈线向图28所示的智能电话2800的各个块提供电力，馈线在图中被部分地示为虚线。辅助控制器2019例如在睡眠模式下操作智能电话2800的最小必需功能。
在图28所示的智能电话2800中，此前参照图5描述的第一实施例的电子设备500以及参照图20描述的第三实施例的电子设备2000中的控制单元的功能可以各自由处理器2001或辅助控制器2019实现。例如，处理器2001(或辅助控制器2019)可以通过执行存储器2002或存储装置2003中存储的指令而实现控制单元的功能。电子设备500和电子设备2000中的通信单元可以各自通过(例如在处理器2001或辅助控制器2019的控制下的)无线通信接口2012等实现。此外，电子设备500和电子设备2000中的未示出的存储单元可以通过存储器2002或存储装置2003实现。
(第二应用示例)
图29是示出可以应用本公开内容的技术的汽车导航设备2120的示意性配置的示例的框图。汽车导航设备2120包括处理器2121、存储器2122、全球定位系统(GPS)模块2124、传感器2125、数据接口2126、内容播放器2127、存储介质接口2128、输入装置2129、显示装置2130、扬声器2131、无线通信接口2133、一个或多个天线开关2136、一个或多个天线2137以及电池2138。
处理器2121可以为例如CPU或SoC，并且控制汽车导航设备2120的导航功能和另外的功能。存储器2122包括RAM和ROM，并且存储数据和由处理器2121执行的程序。
GPS模块2124使用从GPS卫星接收的GPS信号来测量汽车导航设 备2120的位置(诸如纬度、经度和高度)。传感器2125可以包括一组传感器，诸如陀螺仪传感器、地磁传感器和空气压力传感器。数据接口2126经由未示出的终端而连接到例如车载网络2141，并且获取由车辆生成的数据(诸如车速数据)。
内容播放器2127再现存储在存储介质(诸如CD和DVD)中的内容，该存储介质被插入到存储介质接口2128中。输入装置2129包括例如被配置为检测显示装置2130的屏幕上的触摸的触摸传感器、按钮或开关，并且接收从用户输入的操作或信息。显示装置2130包括诸如LCD或OLED显示器的屏幕，并且显示导航功能的图像或再现的内容。扬声器2131输出导航功能的声音或再现的内容。
无线通信接口2133支持任何蜂窝通信方案(诸如LTE和LTE-先进)，并且执行无线通信。无线通信接口2133通常可以包括例如BB处理器2134和RF电路2135。BB处理器2134可以执行例如编码/解码、调制/解调以及复用/解复用，并且执行用于无线通信的各种类型的信号处理。同时，RF电路2135可以包括例如混频器、滤波器和放大器，并且经由天线2137来传送和接收无线信号。无线通信接口2133还可以为其上集成有BB处理器2134和RF电路2135的一个芯片模块。如图29所示，无线通信接口2133可以包括多个BB处理器2134和多个RF电路2135。虽然图29示出其中无线通信接口2133包括多个BB处理器2134和多个RF电路2135的示例，但是无线通信接口2133也可以包括单个BB处理器2134或单个RF电路2135。
此外，除了蜂窝通信方案之外，无线通信接口2133可以支持另外类型的无线通信方案，诸如短距离无线通信方案、近场通信方案和无线LAN方案。在此情况下，针对每种无线通信方案，无线通信接口2133可以包括BB处理器2134和RF电路2135。
天线开关2136中的每一个在包括在无线通信接口2133中的多个电路(诸如用于不同的无线通信方案的电路)之间切换天线2137的连接目的地。
天线2137中的每一个均包括单个或多个天线元件(诸如包括在MIMO天线中的多个天线元件)，并且用于无线通信接口2133传送和接收无线信号。如图29所示，汽车导航设备2120可以包括多个天线2137。 虽然图29示出其中汽车导航设备2120包括多个天线2137的示例，但是汽车导航设备2120也可以包括单个天线2137。
此外，汽车导航设备2120可以包括针对每种无线通信方案的天线2137。在此情况下，天线开关2136可以从汽车导航设备2120的配置中省略。
电池2138经由馈线向图29所示的汽车导航设备2120的各个块提供电力，馈线在图中被部分地示为虚线。电池2138累积从车辆提供的电力。
在图29示出的汽车导航设备2120中，此前参照图5描述的第一实施例的电子设备500以及参照图20描述的第三实施例的电子设备2000中的控制单元的功能可以各自由处理器2121实现。例如，处理器2121可以通过执行存储器2122中存储的指令而实现控制单元的功能。电子设备500和电子设备2000中的通信单元可以各自通过(例如在处理器2121的控制下的)无线通信接口2133等实现。此外，电子设备500和电子设备2000中的未示出的存储单元可以通过存储器2122实现。
本公开内容的技术也可以被实现为包括汽车导航设备2120、车载网络2141以及车辆模块2142中的一个或多个块的车载系统(或车辆)2140。车辆模块2142生成车辆数据(诸如车速、发动机速度和故障信息)，并且将所生成的数据输出至车载网络2141。
以上参照附图描述了本公开的优选实施例，但是本公开当然不限于以上示例。本领域技术人员可在所附权利要求的范围内得到各种变更和修改，并且应理解这些变更和修改自然将落入本公开的技术范围内。
例如，附图所示的功能框图中以虚线框示出的单元均表示该功能单元在相应装置中是可选的，并且各个可选的功能单元可以以适当的方式进行组合以实现所需功能。
例如，在以上实施例中包括在一个单元中的多个功能可以由分开的装置来实现。替选地，在以上实施例中由多个单元实现的多个功能可分别由分开的装置来实现。另外，以上功能之一可由多个单元来实现。无需说，这样的配置包括在本公开的技术范围内。
在该说明书中，流程图中所描述的步骤不仅包括以所述顺序按时间序列执行的处理，而且包括并行地或单独地而不是必须按时间序列执行 的处理。此外，甚至在按时间序列处理的步骤中，无需说，也可以适当地改变该顺序。
此外，本公开的第一实施例可以具有如下所述的配置。
1.一种基站侧的电子设备，包括：
处理电路，被配置为：
对用于直通链路通信的非授权频段进行信道接入处理以获得信道占用时间COT；
生成下行控制信息，以指示为用户设备分配所述COT用于直通链路通信。
2.根据配置1所述的电子设备，其中，所述下行控制信息包括：COT指示信息，指示为所述用户设备分配的所述COT的时段。
3.根据配置2所述的电子设备，其中，所述下行控制信息还包括：接入类型信息，指示所述信道接入处理的类型。
4.根据配置3所述的电子设备，其中，所述信道接入处理的类型包括：用于进行所述信道接入处理的先听后说LBT的优先级。
5.根据配置3或4所述的电子设备，其中，所述下行控制信息还包括：频域资源指示信息，指示为所述用户设备分配的所述非授权频段的频域资源。
6.根据配置5所述的电子设备，其中，所述下行控制信息包括针对多个COT的多个资源分配字段，每个资源分配字段包括针对相应的COT的所述COT指示信息、所述接入类型信息和所述频域资源指示信息。
7.根据配置2所述的电子设备，其中，所述下行控制信息还包括： 反馈定时信息，指示用于反馈所述COT的使用情况的上行信号的发送定时。
8.根据配置1所述的电子设备，其中，所述处理电路还被配置为：
持续进行所述信道接入处理以获得COT，并生成所述下行控制信息；以及
基于为所述用户设备配置的所述下行控制信息的发送周期，以静态或半静态方式向所述用户设备发送所述下行控制信息。
9.根据配置1所述的电子设备，其中，所述处理电路还被配置为：响应于来自所述用户设备的对用于直通链路通信的资源的请求，进行所述信道接入处理以获得COT、生成所述下行控制信息并向所述用户设备发送所述下行控制信息。
10.根据配置9所述的电子设备，其中，所述处理电路还被配置为：响应于所述请求，还为所述用户设备分配用于直通链路通信的授权资源，生成指示所述授权资源的分配的另一下行控制信息，并向所述用户设备发送所述另一下行控制信息。
11.根据配置1所述的电子设备，其中，所述处理电路还被配置为：以预定义的加扰序列对所述下行控制信息进行加扰。
12.根据配置11所述的电子设备，其中，所述预定义的加扰序列包括：用于指示直通链路通信的非授权资源的调度的加扰序列，或用于指示传递时隙相关信息的加扰序列。
13.根据配置1所述的电子设备，其中，所述处理电路还被配置为：为所述用户设备配置用于直通链路通信的非授权资源集合，所述非授权资源集合至少包括所述非授权频段的资源。
14.根据配置13所述的电子设备，其中，所述处理电路还被配置为：通过系统信息块SIB向所述用户设备发送所述非授权资源集合的配置信息。
15.一种电子设备，包括：
处理电路，被配置为：
接收下行控制信息，所述下行控制信息指示为所述电子设备分配由基站侧设备对用于直通链路通信的非授权频段进行信道接入处理而获得的信道占用时间COT，以用于直通链路通信。
16.根据配置15所述的电子设备，其中，所述下行控制信息包括：COT指示信息，指示为所述电子设备分配的所述COT的时段。
17.根据配置16所述的电子设备，其中，所述下行控制信息还包括：接入类型信息，指示所述信道接入处理的类型。
18.根据配置17所述的电子设备，其中，所述信道接入处理的类型包括：用于进行所述信道接入处理的先听后说LBT的优先级。
19.根据配置17或18所述的电子设备，其中，所述下行控制信息还包括：频域资源指示信息，指示为所述电子设备分配的所述非授权频段的频域资源。
20.根据配置19所述的电子设备，其中，所述下行控制信息包括针对多个COT的多个资源分配字段，每个资源分配字段包括针对相应的COT的所述COT指示信息、所述接入类型信息和所述频域资源指示信息。
21.根据配置16所述的电子设备，其中，所述下行控制信息还包括：反馈定时信息，指示用于反馈所述COT的使用情况的上行信号的发送定时。
22.根据配置21所述的电子设备，其中，所述处理电路还被配置为：在所述反馈定时信息指示的发送定时，发送用于反馈所述COT的使用情况的上行信号。
23.根据配置15所述的电子设备，其中，所述处理电路还被配置为：基于由所述基站侧设备为所述电子设备配置的所述下行控制信息的发送周期，接收以静态或半静态方式发送的所述下行控制信息。
24.根据配置15所述的电子设备，其中，所述处理电路还被配置为：
向所述基站侧设备发送对用于直通链路通信的资源的请求；以及
接收响应于所述请求而发送的所述下行控制信息。
25.根据配置24所述的电子设备，其中，所述处理电路还被配置为：接收响应于所述请求而发送的另一下行控制信息，所述另一下行控制信息指示用于直通链路通信的授权资源的分配。
26.根据配置15所述的电子设备，其中，所述处理电路还被配置为：接收以预定义的加扰序列加扰的所述下行控制信息。
27.根据配置26所述的电子设备，其中，所述预定义的加扰序列包括：用于指示直通链路通信的非授权资源的调度的加扰序列，或用于指示传递时隙相关信息的加扰序列。
28.根据配置15所述的电子设备，其中，所述处理电路还被配置为：从所述基站侧设备接收用于直通链路通信的非授权资源集合的配置信息，所述非授权资源集合至少包括所述非授权频段的资源。
29.根据配置28所述的电子设备，其中，所述处理电路还被配置为：接收通过系统信息块SIB发送的所述配置信息。
30.一种用于无线通信的方法，包括：
对用于直通链路通信的非授权频段进行信道接入处理以获得信道占用时间COT；
生成下行控制信息，以指示为用户设备分配所述COT用于直通链路通信。
31.一种用于无线通信的方法，包括：
接收下行控制信息，所述下行控制信息指示为电子设备分配由基站侧设备对用于直通链路通信的非授权频段进行信道接入处理而获得的信道占用时间COT，以用于直通链路通信。
32.一种存储有可执行指令的非暂态计算机可读存储介质，所述可执行指令在由处理器执行时，使得所述处理器执行如配置30或31所述的用于无线通信的方法。
另外，本公开的第二和第三实施例可以具有如下所述的配置。
1.一种基站侧的电子设备，包括：
处理电路，被配置为：
对用于传输直通链路同步信号的非授权频段进行信道接入处理以获得信道占用时间COT；
为多个用户设备分配所述COT中的所述非授权频段的资源，以用于 发送直通链路同步信号。
2.根据配置1所述的电子设备，其中，所述处理电路还被配置为：针对所述多个用户设备中的每个用户设备生成下行控制信息，以指示对该用户设备的所述资源的分配。
3.根据配置2所述的电子设备，其中，所述处理电路还被配置为：为所述多个用户设备中的每个用户设备预先配置用于传输直通链路同步信号的、所述非授权频段上的频域资源。
4.根据配置3所述的电子设备，其中，所述处理电路还被配置为：
为所述多个用户设备预先配置相同的所述频域资源；以及
在针对所述多个用户设备分别生成的多个所述下行控制信息中，指示为相应的用户设备分配的所述COT中的不同时段。
5.根据配置3所述的电子设备，其中，所述处理电路还被配置为：
为所述多个用户设备预先配置不同的所述频域资源；以及
在针对所述多个用户设备分别生成的多个所述下行控制信息中，指示为相应的用户设备分配的所述COT中的相同时段。
6.根据配置4或5所述的电子设备，其中，所述频域资源包括预定数目的连续资源块，所述预定数目为11的整数倍。
7.根据配置1所述的电子设备，其中，所述处理电路还被配置为：响应于来自所述用户设备的对用于传输直通链路同步信号的资源的请求，进行所述信道接入处理。
8.一种电子设备，包括：
处理电路，被配置为：
以预定义的时频资源格式，联合发送非授权频段上的直通链路的同步信号和数据信号，
其中，所述时频资源格式包括一个时隙上的多个子信道。
9.根据配置8所述的电子设备，其中，在所述时频资源格式中，同步信号与数据信号复用一个时隙的时域资源。
10.根据配置9所述的电子设备，其中，在一个时隙的多个符号中，同步信号占用的符号位于数据信号占用的符号前。
11.根据配置8所述的电子设备，其中，在所述时频资源格式中，同步信号与数据信号复用多个子信道的频域资源。
12.根据配置11所述的电子设备，其中，同步信号与数据信号中的控制信息及数据信息一起复用多个子信道的频域资源，并且同步信号占用多个子信道中具有最低索引的子信道。
13.根据配置12所述的电子设备，其中，同步信号占用具有最低索引的子信道中的预定数目的连续资源块，所述预定数目为11的整数倍。
14.根据配置11所述的电子设备，其中，同步信号与数据信号中的控制信息复用多个子信道的频域资源，并且所述控制信息占用具有最低索引的子信道。
15.一种电子设备，包括：
处理电路，被配置为：
接收以预定义的时频资源格式联合发送的、非授权频段上的直通链 路通信的同步信号和数据信号，
其中，所述时频资源格式包括一个时隙上的多个子信道。
16.根据配置15所述的电子设备，其中，在所述时频资源格式中，同步信号与数据信号复用一个时隙的时域资源。
17.根据配置16所述的电子设备，其中，在一个时隙的多个符号中，同步信号占用的符号位于数据信号占用的符号前。
18.根据配置15所述的电子设备，其中，在所述时频资源格式中，同步信号与数据信号复用多个子信道的频域资源。
19.根据配置18所述的电子设备，其中，同步信号与数据信号中的控制信息及数据信息一起复用多个子信道的频域资源，并且同步信号占用多个子信道中具有最低索引的子信道。
20.根据配置19所述的电子设备，其中，同步信号占用具有最低索引的子信道中的预定数目的连续资源块，所述预定数目为11的整数倍。
21.根据配置18所述的电子设备，其中，同步信号与数据信号中的控制信息复用多个子信道的频域资源，并且所述控制信息占用具有最低索引的子信道。
22.一种用于无线通信的方法，包括：
对用于传输直通链路同步信号的非授权频段进行信道接入处理以获得信道占用时间COT；
为多个用户设备分配所述COT中的所述非授权频段的资源，以用于发送直通链路同步信号。
23.一种用于无线通信的方法，包括：
以预定义的时频资源格式，联合发送非授权频段上的直通链路的同步信号和数据信号，
其中，所述时频资源格式包括一个时隙上的多个子信道。
24.一种用于无线通信的方法，包括：
接收以预定义的时频资源格式联合发送的、非授权频段上的直通链路通信的同步信号和数据信号，
其中，所述时频资源格式包括一个时隙上的多个子信道。
25.一种存储有可执行指令的非暂态计算机可读存储介质，所述可执行指令在由处理器执行时，使得所述处理器执行如配置22至24中的任一项所述的用于无线通信的方法。
以上虽然结合附图详细描述了本公开的实施例，但是应当明白，上面所描述的实施方式只是用于说明本公开，而并不构成对本公开的限制。对于本领域的技术人员来说，可以对上述实施方式作出各种修改和变更而没有背离本公开的实质和范围。因此，本公开的范围仅由所附的权利要求及其等效含义来限定。

Claims (25)

  1. 一种基站侧的电子设备，包括：
    处理电路，被配置为：
    对用于传输直通链路同步信号的非授权频段进行信道接入处理以获得信道占用时间COT；
    为多个用户设备分配所述COT中的所述非授权频段的资源，以用于发送直通链路同步信号。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的电子设备，其中，所述处理电路还被配置为：针对所述多个用户设备中的每个用户设备生成下行控制信息，以指示对该用户设备的所述资源的分配。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的电子设备，其中，所述处理电路还被配置为：为所述多个用户设备中的每个用户设备预先配置用于传输直通链路同步信号的、所述非授权频段上的频域资源。
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的电子设备，其中，所述处理电路还被配置为：
    为所述多个用户设备预先配置相同的所述频域资源；以及
    在针对所述多个用户设备分别生成的多个所述下行控制信息中，指示为相应的用户设备分配的所述COT中的不同时段。
  5. 根据权利要求3所述的电子设备，其中，所述处理电路还被配置为：
    为所述多个用户设备预先配置不同的所述频域资源；以及
    在针对所述多个用户设备分别生成的多个所述下行控制信息中，指示为相应的用户设备分配的所述COT中的相同时段。
  6. 根据权利要求4或5所述的电子设备，其中，所述频域资源包括预定数目的连续资源块，所述预定数目为11的整数倍。
  7. 根据权利要求1所述的电子设备，其中，所述处理电路还被配置为：响应于来自所述用户设备的对用于传输直通链路同步信号的资源的请求，进行所述信道接入处理。
  8. 一种电子设备，包括：
    处理电路，被配置为：
    以预定义的时频资源格式，联合发送非授权频段上的直通链路的同步信号和数据信号，
    其中，所述时频资源格式包括一个时隙上的多个子信道。
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的电子设备，其中，在所述时频资源格式中，同步信号与数据信号复用一个时隙的时域资源。
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的电子设备，其中，在一个时隙的多个符号中，同步信号占用的符号位于数据信号占用的符号前。
  11. 根据权利要求8所述的电子设备，其中，在所述时频资源格式中，同步信号与数据信号复用多个子信道的频域资源。
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的电子设备，其中，同步信号与数据信号中的控制信息及数据信息一起复用多个子信道的频域资源，并且同步信号占用多个子信道中具有最低索引的子信道。
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的电子设备，其中，同步信号占用具有最 低索引的子信道中的预定数目的连续资源块，所述预定数目为11的整数倍。
  14. 根据权利要求11所述的电子设备，其中，同步信号与数据信号中的控制信息复用多个子信道的频域资源，并且所述控制信息占用具有最低索引的子信道。
  15. 一种电子设备，包括：
    处理电路，被配置为：
    接收以预定义的时频资源格式联合发送的、非授权频段上的直通链路通信的同步信号和数据信号，
    其中，所述时频资源格式包括一个时隙上的多个子信道。
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的电子设备，其中，在所述时频资源格式中，同步信号与数据信号复用一个时隙的时域资源。
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的电子设备，其中，在一个时隙的多个符号中，同步信号占用的符号位于数据信号占用的符号前。
  18. 根据权利要求15所述的电子设备，其中，在所述时频资源格式中，同步信号与数据信号复用多个子信道的频域资源。
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的电子设备，其中，同步信号与数据信号中的控制信息及数据信息一起复用多个子信道的频域资源，并且同步信号占用多个子信道中具有最低索引的子信道。
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的电子设备，其中，同步信号占用具有最低索引的子信道中的预定数目的连续资源块，所述预定数目为11的整数 倍。
  21. 根据权利要求18所述的电子设备，其中，同步信号与数据信号中的控制信息复用多个子信道的频域资源，并且所述控制信息占用具有最低索引的子信道。
  22. 一种用于无线通信的方法，包括：
    对用于传输直通链路同步信号的非授权频段进行信道接入处理以获得信道占用时间COT；
    为多个用户设备分配所述COT中的所述非授权频段的资源，以用于发送直通链路同步信号。
  23. 一种用于无线通信的方法，包括：
    以预定义的时频资源格式，联合发送非授权频段上的直通链路的同步信号和数据信号，
    其中，所述时频资源格式包括一个时隙上的多个子信道。
  24. 一种用于无线通信的方法，包括：
    接收以预定义的时频资源格式联合发送的、非授权频段上的直通链路通信的同步信号和数据信号，
    其中，所述时频资源格式包括一个时隙上的多个子信道。
  25. 一种存储有可执行指令的非暂态计算机可读存储介质，所述可执行指令在由处理器执行时，使得所述处理器执行如权利要求22至24中的任一项所述的用于无线通信的方法。
PCT/CN2023/088630 2022-04-21 2023-04-17 用于无线通信的方法和电子设备以及计算机可读存储介质 WO2023202517A1 (zh)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210422152.5A CN116997001A (zh) 2022-04-21 2022-04-21 用于无线通信的方法和电子设备以及计算机可读存储介质
CN202210422152.5 2022-04-21

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023202517A1 true WO2023202517A1 (zh) 2023-10-26

Family

ID=88419250

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/088630 WO2023202517A1 (zh) 2022-04-21 2023-04-17 用于无线通信的方法和电子设备以及计算机可读存储介质

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN116997001A (zh)
WO (1) WO2023202517A1 (zh)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111698699A (zh) * 2019-03-14 2020-09-22 索尼公司 电子设备、无线通信方法和计算机可读存储介质
US20220022248A1 (en) * 2018-11-02 2022-01-20 Apple Inc. Channel occupancy time indication for nr based unlicensed operation
CN114051747A (zh) * 2021-09-23 2022-02-15 北京小米移动软件有限公司 一种共享信道占用时间的方法及其装置

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20220022248A1 (en) * 2018-11-02 2022-01-20 Apple Inc. Channel occupancy time indication for nr based unlicensed operation
CN111698699A (zh) * 2019-03-14 2020-09-22 索尼公司 电子设备、无线通信方法和计算机可读存储介质
CN114051747A (zh) * 2021-09-23 2022-02-15 北京小米移动软件有限公司 一种共享信道占用时间的方法及其装置

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
MODERATOR (LENOVO): "Feature lead summary for B52.6 GHz PDCCH monitoring enhancements", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-2103689, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. e-Meeting; 20210412 - 20210420, 13 April 2021 (2021-04-13), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051995264 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN116997001A (zh) 2023-11-03

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN113396633B (zh) 用户设备、网络侧设备、无线通信方法和存储介质
US11909688B2 (en) Apparatus and method in wireless communication system, and computer-readable storage medium
CN111066354B (zh) 无线通信系统中的装置和方法、计算机可读存储介质
CN106452705B (zh) 无线通信系统中的电子设备和无线通信方法
CN110547031B (zh) 通信装置、基站装置、方法和记录介质
CN105338518B (zh) 无线通信系统中的装置和方法
CN109156013B (zh) 无线通信方法和无线通信设备
WO2020166280A1 (ja) 通信装置及び通信方法
CN113366875B (zh) 电子设备、无线通信方法和计算机可读存储介质
JP7306399B2 (ja) 電子機器、無線通信方法及びコンピューター読み取り可能な記録媒体
KR102019078B1 (ko) 반이중 및 전이중을 위한 통신 장치 및 방법
RU2759800C2 (ru) Устройство связи, способ связи и программа
EP3654564B1 (en) Electronic device and wireless communication method
CN115499924A (zh) 通信设备、通信方法和记录介质
JP7306400B2 (ja) 電子機器及び無線通信方法
WO2023202517A1 (zh) 用于无线通信的方法和电子设备以及计算机可读存储介质
WO2023202509A1 (zh) 用于无线通信的方法和电子设备以及计算机可读存储介质
CN110945930B (zh) 通信设备和通信方法
US20240365303A1 (en) Electronic device, wireless communication method, and computer readable storage medium
WO2021208417A1 (zh) 电子设备、无线通信方法和计算机可读存储介质
CN118176792A (zh) 无线通信方法、终端设备及网络设备

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23791172

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1